Chapters in this book

107 of 107 chapters

150 hadiths · Full book

Chapter 1

Clasping One's Hands Together[1]

Hadith 1030

DarussalamṢaḥîḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1030. It was narrated from 'Alqamah and Al-Aswad that they were with 'Abdullâh in his house and he said: "Have these people prayed?" We said: "Yes." So he led them in prayer and stood between them, with no Adhân and no Iqâmah, and said: 'If you are three then do this, and if you are more than that then let one of you lead the others in prayer, and let him lay his hands on his thighs. It is as if I can see the fingers of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, interlaced.'" (Ṣaḥîḥ)

Arabic text

1029 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْمَعِيلُ بْنُ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ يُحَدِّثُ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، وَالْأَسْوَدِ، أَنَّهُمَا كَانَا مَعَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ فِي بَيْتِهِ فَقَالَ: أَصَلَّى هَؤُلَاءِ؟ قُلْنَا: نَعَمْ، فَأَمَّهُمَا وَقَامَ بَيْنَهُمَا بِغَيْرِ أَذَانٍ وَلَا إِقَامَةٍ، قَالَ: «إِذَا كُنْتُمْ ثَلَاثَةً فَاصْنَعُوا هَكَذَا، وَإِذَا كُنْتُمْ أَكْثَرَ مِنْ ذَلِكَ فَلْيَؤُمَّكُمْ أَحَدُكُمْ وَلْيَفْرِشْ كَفَّيْهِ عَلَى فَخْذَيْهِ، فَكَأَنَّمَا أَنْظُرُ إِلَى اخْتِلَافِ أَصَابِعِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1030

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1030

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1031

DarussalamṢaḥîḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1031. It was narrated that 'Alqamah and Al-Aswad said: "We prayed with 'Abdullâh bin Ma'sûd in his house. He stood between us and we placed our hands on our knees, but he took them off and made us interlace our fingers, and said: 'I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ do that.'" (Ṣaḥîḥ)

Arabic text

1030 - أَخْبَرَنِي أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الرُّبَاطِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ ابْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَمْرٌو وَهُوَ ابْنُ أَبِي قَيْسٍ، عَنْ الزُّبَيْرِ بْنِ عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ الْأَسْوَدِ، وَعَلْقَمَةَ، قَالَا: صَلَّيْنَا مَعَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ فِي بَيْتِهِ فَقَامَ بَيْنَنَا، فَوَضَعْنَا أَيْدِيَنَا عَلَى رُكَبِنَا فَنَزَعَهَا فَخَالَفَ بَيْنَ أَصَابِعِنَا، وَقَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَفْعَلُهُ»

Footnotes

1 [1] At-Taḥbîq: "It is to gather the fingers of the two hands together and place them between the knees during the bowing and Tashahhud positions, and it is abrogated according to the agreement (of scholars) as the author is about to mention." Hashiyah As-Sindî.

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1031

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1031

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1032

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1032. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ taught us the prayer. He stood up and said the Takbîr, and when he wanted to bow, he put his hands together and put his hands between his knees and bowed." News of that reached Sa'd and he said: "My brother has spoken the truth. We used to do that, then we were commanded to do this," meaning, to hold the knees. (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1031 - أَخْبَرَنَا نُوحُ بْنُ حَبِيبٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا ابْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: «عَلَّمَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الصَّلَاةَ فَقَامَ فَكَبَّرَ، فَلَمَّا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ طَبَّقَ يَدَيْهِ بَيْنَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ وَرَكَعَ»، فَبَلَغَ ذَلِكَ سَعْدًا، فَقَالَ: صَدَقَ أَخِي قَدْ كُنَّا نَفْعَلُ هَذَا ثُمَّ أُمِرْنَا بِهَذَا يَعْنِي: الْإِمْسَاكَ بِالرُّكَبِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1032

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1032

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 1

Abrogation Of That

Hadith 1033

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1033. It was narrated that Mus'ab bin Sa'd said: "I prayed beside my father and I put my hands between my knees, and he told me: 'Put your hands on your knees.' Then I did that again and he struck my hands and said: 'We were forbidden to do that, and we were commanded to put our hands on our knees.'" (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1032 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي يَعْفُورٍ، عَنْ مُصْعَبِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ إِلَى جَنْبِ أَبِي وَجَعَلْتُ يَدَيَّ بَيْنَ رُكْبَتَيَّ، فَقَالَ لِيَ: اضْرِبْ بِكَفَّيْكَ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْكَ، قَالَ: ثُمَّ فَعَلْتُ ذَلِكَ مَرَّةً أُخْرَى، فَضَرَبَ يَدِي، وَقَالَ: «إِنَّا قَدْ نُهِينَا عَنْ هَذَا وَأُمِرْنَا أَنْ نَضْرِبَ بِالْأَكُفِّ عَلَى الرُّكَبِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1033

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1033

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1034

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1034. It was narrated that Muʿab bin Saʿd said: "I bowed and put my hands together, and my father said: 'This is something that we used to do, then we brought them up to our knees.'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1033 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ إِسْمَعِيلَ بْنِ أَبِي خَالِدٍ، عَنْ الزُّبَيْرِ بْنِ عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ مُصْعَبِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ: رَكَعْتُ فَطَبَّقْتُ، فَقَالَ أَبِي: " إِنَّ هَذَا شَيْءٌ كُنَّا نَفْعَلُهُ ثُمَّ ارْتَفَعْنَا إِلَى الرُّكَبِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1034

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1034

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 2

Holding The Knees When Bowing

Hadith 1035

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1035. It was narrated that 'Umar said: "It is established for you to hold the knees, so hold the knees." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1034 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو دَاوُدَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ عُمَرَ قَالَ: «سُنَّتْ لَكُمُ الرُّكَبُ، فَأَمْسِكُوا بِالرُّكَبِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1035

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1035

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1036

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1036. It was narrated that 'Abdur-Rahmān As-Sulamī said: "Umar said: 'The Sunnah is to hold the knees.'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

١٠٣٥ - أَخْبَرَنَا ‌سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ ، عَنْ ‌سُفْيَانَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي حَصِينٍ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ السُّلَمِيِّ، قَالَ: قَالَ ‌عُمَرُ : «إِنَّمَا السُّنَّةُ الْأَخْذُ بِالرُّكَبِ».

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1036

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1036

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 3

Where To Place The Palms When Bowing

Hadith 1037

DarussalamHasanAl-Albaniصحيح، إلا جملة الأصابع، صحيح أبي داود (٨٠٩) ، الإرواء (٣٥٦) ، التعليق على ابن خزيمة (٥٩٨) //، صحيح أبي داود (٧٦٩ / ٨٦٣) //Al-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1037. It was narrated that Sâlim said: "We came to Abû Ma'sûd and said to him: 'Tell us about the prayer of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ.' He stood in front of us and said the Takbîr, then when he bowed he placed his palms on his knees and put his fingers lower than that, and he held his elbows out from his sides until every part of him had settled. Then he said: Sami' Allâhu liman hamidah, Rabbanâ wa lakal-hamd (Allâh hears those who praise Him, our Lord, and to You be the praise), then he stood up until every part of him had settled." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1036 - أَخْبَرَنَا هَنَّادُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ فِي حَدِيثِهِ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، قَالَ: أَتَيْنَا أَبَا مَسْعُودٍ فَقُلْنَا لَهُ: حَدِّثْنَا عَنْ صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَامَ بَيْنَ أَيْدِينَا وَكَبَّرَ، فَلَمَّا رَكَعَ وَضَعَ رَاحَتَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ، وَجَعَلَ أَصَابِعَهُ أَسْفَلَ مِنْ ذَلِكَ، وَجَافَى بِمِرْفَقَيْهِ حَتَّى اسْتَوَى كُلُّ شَيْءٍ مِنْهُ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ»، فَقَامَ حَتَّى اسْتَوَى كُلُّ شَيْءٍ مِنْهُ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1037

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1037

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 4

Where To Place The Fingers When Bowing

Hadith 1038

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1038. It was narrated that 'Uqbah bin 'Âmir said: "Shall I not show you how I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ pray?" We said: "Yes." So he stood up and when he bowed, he placed his palms on his knees and put his fingers behind his knees, and held his arms out from his sides, until every part of him settled. Then he raised his head and stood up until every part of him settled. Then he prostrated and held his arms out from his sides, until every part of him settled. Then he sat up until every part of him settled. Then he prostrated again until every part of him settled. Then he did four Rak'ahs like that. Then he said: "This is how I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ pray, and this is how he used to lead us in prayer." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1037 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الرَّهَاوِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنٌ، عَنْ زَائِدَةَ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ أَبِي عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ عُقْبَةَ بْنِ عَمْرٍو قَالَ: أَلَا أُصَلِّي لَكُمْ كَمَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي؟ فَقُلْنَا: بَلَى، فَقَامَ فَلَمَّا رَكَعَ وَضَعَ رَاحَتَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ، وَجَعَلَ أَصَابِعَهُ مِنْ وَرَاءِ رُكْبَتَيْهِ، وَجَافَى إِبْطَيْهِ حَتَّى اسْتَقَرَّ كُلُّ شَيْءٍ مِنْهُ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ فَقَامَ حَتَّى اسْتَوَى كُلُّ شَيْءٍ مِنْهُ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ فَجَافَى إِبْطَيْهِ حَتَّى اسْتَقَرَّ كُلُّ شَيْءٍ مِنْهُ، ثُمَّ قَعَدَ حَتَّى اسْتَقَرَّ كُلُّ شَيْءٍ مِنْهُ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ حَتَّى اسْتَقَرَّ كُلُّ شَيْءٍ مِنْهُ، ثُمَّ صَنَعَ كَذَلِكَ أَرْبَعَ رَكَعَاتٍ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «هَكَذَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي وَهَكَذَا كَانَ يُصَلِّي بِنَا»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1038

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1038

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 5

Holding The Arms Out From One's Side When Bowing

Hadith 1039

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1039. It was narrated that Sālim Al-Barrād said: "Abū Ma'sūd said: 'Shall I not show you how the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed?' We said: 'Yes.' So he stood up and said the Takbīr, and when he bowed, he held his arms out from his sides until, when every part of him settled, he raised his head. He prayed four Rak'ahs like that, and said: 'This is how I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ praying.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1038 - أَخْبَرَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ الْبَرَّادِ، قَالَ: قَالَ أَبُو مَسْعُودٍ: أَلَا أُرِيكُمْ كَيْفَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي؟ قُلْنَا: بَلَى فَقَامَ فَكَبَّرَ، فَلَمَّا رَكَعَ جَافَى بَيْنَ إِبْطَيْهِ، حَتَّى لَمَّا اسْتَقَرَّ كُلُّ شَيْءٍ مِنْهُ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ فَصَلَّى أَرْبَعَ رَكَعَاتٍ هَكَذَا، وَقَالَ: «هَكَذَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1039

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1039

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 6

Being Moderate In Bowing

Hadith 1040

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1040. It was narrated that Abū Humaid As-Sā'idī said: "When the Prophet ﷺ bowed he was balanced, he did not make his head higher or lower than his back, and he put his hands on his knees." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1039 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ أَبِي حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيِّ قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا رَكَعَ اعْتَدَلَ، فَلَمْ يَنْصِبْ رَأْسَهُ، وَلَمْ يُقْنِعْهُ، وَوَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1040

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1040

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 7

The Prohibition Of Reciting Qur'an While Bowing

Hadith 1041

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1041. It was narrated that 'Alī said: "The Prophet ﷺ forbade me from wearing Al-Qassi and silk, and gold rings, and from reciting Qur'an when bowing." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1040 - أَخْبَرَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ مَسْعَدَةَ، عَنْ أَشْعَثَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ عَبِيدَةَ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ قَالَ: «نَهَانِي النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنِ الْقَسِّيِّ وَالْحَرِيرِ، وَخَاتَمِ الذَّهَبِ، وَأَنْ أَقْرَأَ وَأَنَا رَاكِعٌ»، وَقَالَ مَرَّةً أُخْرَى: «وَأَنْ أَقْرَأَ رَاكِعًا»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1041

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1041

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1042

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1042. It was narrated that 'Alī said: "The Prophet ﷺ forbade me from wearing gold rings, from reciting the Qur'an when bowing, and from wearing Al-Qassi, and clothes dyed with safflower." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1041 - أَخْبَرَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ حُنَيْنٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ قَالَ: «نَهَانِي النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ خَاتَمِ الذَّهَبِ، وَعَنِ الْقِرَاءَةِ رَاكِعًا، وَعَنِ الْقَسِّيِّ وَالْمُعَصْفَرِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1042

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1042

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1043

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1043. It was narrated that 'Alī said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ forbade me – but I do not say he forbade you – from wearing gold rings, Al-Qassī, and from wearing Al-Mufaddam,[1] and from wearing clothes dyed with safflower, and from reciting Qur'an when bowing." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1042 - أَخْبَرَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ الْمُنْكَدِرِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي فُدَيْكٍ، عَنْ الضَّحَّاكِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ حُنَيْنٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ قَالَ: «نَهَانِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَلَا أَقُولُ نَهَاكُمْ عَنْ تَخَتُّمِ الذَّهَبِ، وَعَنْ لُبْسِ الْقَسِّيِّ، وَعَنْ لُبْسِ الْمُفْدَمِ، وَالْمُعَصْفَرِ وَعَنِ الْقِرَاءَةِ فِي الرُّكُوعِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1043

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1043

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1044

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1044 It was narrated that 'Alī said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ forbade me from wearing gold rings, and Al-Qassī, and clothes dyed with safflower, and reciting Qur'an while I am bowing.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1043 - أَخْبَرَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ حَمَّادٍ زُغْبَةُ، عَنْ اللَّيْثِ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، أَنَّ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ حُنَيْنٍ حَدَّثَهُ، أَنَّ أَبَاهُ حَدَّثَهُ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ عَلِيًّا يَقُولُ: «نَهَانِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ خَاتَمِ الذَّهَبِ، وَعَنْ لَبُوسِ الْقَسِّيِّ، وَالْمُعَصْفَرِ، وَقِرَاءَةِ الْقُرْآنِ وَأَنَا رَاكِعٌ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Mufaddam; see its explanation with No. 5175.

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1044

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1044

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1045

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1045. It was narrated that 'Alī said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ forbade me from wearing Al-Qassī, and clothes dyed with safflower, and from wearing gold rings, and from reciting the Qur'an while bowing.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1044 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ حُنَيْنٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ قَالَ: «نَهَانِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ لُبْسِ الْقَسِّيِّ وَالْمُعَصْفَرِ، وَعَنْ تَخَتُّمِ الذَّهَبِ، وَعَنِ الْقِرَاءَةِ فِي الرُّكُوعِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1045

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1045

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 8

Glorification Of The Lord While Bowing

Hadith 1046

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1046. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbās said: "The Prophet ﷺ drew back the curtain when the people were in rows behind Abū Bakr, may Allāh be pleased with him, and said: 'O people, there is nothing left of the features of Prophethood except a good dream that a Muslim sees or is seen by others for him.' Then he said: Verily, I have been forbidden from reciting the Qur'an when bowing or prostrating. As for bowing, glorify the Lord therein, and as for prostration, strive hard in supplication, for it is more deserving of a response.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1045 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ سُحَيْمٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَعْبَدِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ قَالَ: كَشَفَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ السِّتَارَةَ وَالنَّاسُ صُفُوفٌ خَلْفَ أَبِي بَكْرٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، فَقَالَ: «أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ، إِنَّهُ لَمْ يَبْقَ مِنْ مُبَشِّرَاتِ النُّبُوَّةِ إِلَّا الرُّؤْيَا الصَّالِحَةُ يَرَاهَا الْمُسْلِمُ أَوْ تُرَى لَهُ» ثُمَّ قَالَ: «أَلَا إِنِّي نُهِيتُ أَنْ أَقْرَأَ رَاكِعًا أَوْ سَاجِدًا، فَأَمَّا الرُّكُوعُ فَعَظِّمُوا فِيهِ الرَّبَّ، وَأَمَّا السُّجُودُ فَاجْتَهِدُوا فِي الدُّعَاءِ قَمِنٌ أَنْ يُسْتَجَابَ لَكُمْ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1046

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1046

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 9

Remembrance While Bowing

Hadith 1047

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1047. It was narrated that Hudhaifah said: "I prayed with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and he bowed and said when bowing: 'Subḥāna Rabbīal-'azīm (Glory be to my Lord Almighty)." And when prostrating: 'Subḥāna Rabbīal-'Ala (Glory be to my Lord Most High)." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1046 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنْ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ عُبَيْدَةَ، عَنْ الْمُسْتَوْرِدِ بْنِ الْأَحْنَفِ، عَنْ صِلَةَ بْنِ زُفَرَ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَرَكَعَ فَقَالَ فِي رُكُوعِهِ: «سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْعَظِيمِ»، وَفِي سُجُودِهِ: «سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْأَعْلَى»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1047

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1047

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 10

Another Kind Of Remembrance When Bowing

Hadith 1048

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1048. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ often used to say when bowing and prostrating: 'Subḥānaka Rabbānā wa bi ḥamdika, Allāhum aghfirlī (Glory and praise be to You, our Lord. O Allāh, forgive me)." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1047 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، وَيَزِيدُ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الضُّحَى، عَنْ مَسْرُوقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُكْثِرُ أَنْ يَقُولَ فِي رُكُوعِهِ وَسُجُودِهِ: «سُبْحَانَكَ رَبَّنَا وَبِحَمْدِكَ اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1048

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1048

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 11

Another Kind

Hadith 1049

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1049. It was narrated that 'Āishah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to say when bowing: Subbūhun Quddūsun Rabbul-malā'ikati war-rūh (Perfect, Most Holy, is the Lord of the angels and the spirit)." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1048 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنِي قَتَادَةُ، عَنْ مُطَرِّفٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ فِي رُكُوعِهِ: «سُبُّوحٌ قُدُّوسٌ رَبُّ الْمَلَائِكَةِ وَالرُّوحِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1049

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1049

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 12

Another Kind Of Remembrance When Bowing

Hadith 1050

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1050. '&im bin Humaid said: "I heard 'Awf bin M i i say: 'I prayed Qjlim with the Messenger of All?& @ one night, and when he bowed, he stayed as long as it takes to recite Silrat Al-Baqarah, saying: "Subhrina ~ i l - j a b a r k wal-malakiiti wal- kibriyri'wal-@amah (Glory be to the One Who has all power, sovereignty, magnificence and might)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1049 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ يَعْنِي النَّسَائِيَّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا آدَمُ بْنُ أَبِي إِيَاسٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ يَعْنِي ابْنَ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ قَيْسٍ الْكِنْدِيِّ وَهُوَ عَمْرُو بْنُ قَيْسٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَاصِمَ بْنَ حُمَيْدٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَوْفَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ يَقُولُ: قُمْتُ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَيْلَةً، فَلَمَّا رَكَعَ مَكَثَ قَدْرَ سُورَةِ الْبَقَرَةِ يَقُولُ فِي رُكُوعِهِ: «سُبْحَانَ ذِي الْجَبَرُوتِ وَالْمَلَكُوتِ وَالْكِبْرِيَاءِ وَالْعَظَمَةِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1050

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1050

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 13

Another Kind

Hadith 1051

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1051. It was narrated from 'Alī bin Abī Tālib that when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ bowed, he said: "Allāhumma laka rak'atu was laka aslamtu wa bika āmantu, khasha'a laka sam'i wa baṣrī wa izāmī wa mukhī wa 'aṣabī (O Allāh, to You I have bowed and to You I have submitted and in You I have believed. My hearing, sight, bones, brain and sinews are humbled before You)." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1050 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَمِّي الْمَاجِشُونُ بْنُ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا رَكَعَ قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ لَكَ رَكَعْتُ، وَلَكَ أَسْلَمْتُ، وَبِكَ آمَنْتُ، خَشَعَ لَكَ سَمْعِي وَبَصَرِي وَعِظَامِي وَمُخِّي وَعَصَبِي»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1051

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1051

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 14

Another Kind

Hadith 1052

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1052. It was narrated from Jābir bin 'Abdullāh that when the Prophet ﷺ bowed, he said: "Allāhumma laka rak'atu wa bika āmantu wa laka aslamtu wa 'alayka tawwakaltu, anta rabbī, khasha'a sam'i wa baṣrī wa dammī wa laḥmī wa 'azmī wa 'aṣabī Lillāhi Rabbil-Ālamīn (O Allāh, to You I have bowed, in You I believe, to You I have submitted and in You I put my trust. You are my Lord. My hearing, my sight, my blood, my flesh, my bones and my sinews are humbled before Allāh, the Lord of the Worlds)." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1051 - أَخْبَرَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ عُثْمَانَ الْحِمْصِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو حَيْوَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْمُنْكَدِرِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا رَكَعَ قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ لَكَ رَكَعْتُ، وَبِكَ آمَنْتُ، وَلَكَ أَسْلَمْتُ، وَعَلَيْكَ تَوَكَّلْتُ، أَنْتَ رَبِّي، خَشَعَ سَمْعِي وَبَصَرِي، وَدَمِي وَلَحْمِي، وَعَظْمِي وَعَصَبِي لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالِمِينَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1052

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1052

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1053

DarussalamSaḥihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1053. It was narrated from Muḥammad bin Maslamah that when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood to offer a voluntary prayer, he would say when he bowed: "Allāhumma laka rak'atu wa bika āmantu wa laka aslamtu wa 'alayka tawwakkaltu, anta rabbi, khasha'a sam'i wa baṣri wa laḥmi wa damni wa mukhi wa 'asabi Lillāhi Rabbil-Ālamīn (O Allāh, to You I have bowed, in You I believe, to You I have submitted and in You I put my trust. You are my Lord. My hearing, my sight, my flesh, my blood, my brain and my sinews are humbled before Allāh, the Lord of the Worlds)." (Saḥih)

Arabic text

1052 - أَخْبَرَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ حِمْيَرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْمُنْكَدِرِ، وَذَكَرَ آخَرَ قَبْلَهُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مَسْلَمَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا قَامَ يُصَلِّي تَطَوُّعًا يَقُولُ إِذَا رَكَعَ: «اللَّهُمَّ لَكَ رَكَعْتُ، وَبِكَ آمَنْتُ، وَلَكَ أَسْلَمْتُ، وَعَلَيْكَ تَوَكَّلْتُ أَنْتَ رَبِّي، خَشَعَ سَمْعِي وَبَصَرِي، وَلَحْمِي وَدَمِي، وَمُخِّي وَعَصَبِي لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1053

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1053

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 15

ConcessionAllowing One Not To ReciteAny Remembrance WhenBowing

Hadith 1054

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1054. It was narrated that Rifā'ah bin Rāfi' – who had been present at Badr – said: "We were with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ when a man entered the Masjid and prayed. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ watched him without him realizing, then he finished, came to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and greeted him with Salām. He returned the Salām and said: 'Go back and pray, for you have not prayed.'" He (the narrator) said: "I do not know if it was the second or third time, – (the man) said: 'By the One Who revealed the Book to you, I have tried my best. Teach me and show me.' He said: 'When you want to pray, perform Wuḍū' and do it well, then stand up and face the Qiblah. Then say the Takbīr, then recite, then bow until you are at ease in bowing. Then stand up until you are standing up straight. Then prostrate until you are at ease in prostration, then raise your head until you are at ease in sitting, then prostrate until you are at ease in prostration. If you do that then you will have done your prayer properly, and whatever you failed to do properly is going to detract from your prayer.'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1053 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرُ بْنُ مُضَرَ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ يَحْيَى الزُّرَقِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ رِفَاعَةَ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، وَكَانَ بَدْرِيًّا، قَالَ: كُنَّا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ دَخَلَ رَجُلٌ الْمَسْجِدَ فَصَلَّى وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَرْمُقُهُ وَلَا يَشْعُرُ، ثُمَّ انْصَرَفَ، فَأَتَى رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَسَلَّمَ عَلَيْهِ، فَرَدَّ عَلَيْهِ السَّلَامَ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «ارْجِعْ فَصَلِّ فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ»، قَالَ: لَا أَدْرِي فِي الثَّانِيَةِ أَوْ فِي الثَّالِثَةِ قَالَ: وَالَّذِي أَنْزَلَ عَلَيْكَ الْكِتَابَ لَقَدْ جَهِدْتُ فَعَلِّمْنِي وَأَرِنِي، قَالَ: «إِذَا أَرَدْتَ الصَّلَاةَ فَتَوَضَّأْ فَأَحْسِنِ الْوُضُوءَ، ثُمَّ قُمْ فَاسْتَقْبِلِ الْقِبْلَةَ، ثُمَّ كَبِّرْ، ثُمَّ اقْرَأْ، ثُمَّ ارْكَعْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ رَاكِعًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ حَتَّى تَعْتَدِلَ قَائِمًا، ثُمَّ اسْجُدْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ سَاجِدًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ رَأْسَكَ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ قَاعِدًا، ثُمَّ اسْجُدْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ سَاجِدًا، فَإِذَا صَنَعْتَ ذَلِكَ فَقَدْ قَضَيْتَ صَلَاتَكَ وَمَا انْتَقَصْتَ مِنْ ذَلِكَ فَإِنَّمَا تَنْقُصُهُ مِنْ صَلَاتِكَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1054

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1054

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 16

The Command To Bow Properly

Hadith 1055

DarussalamSahīhAl-Albaniصحيح، سيأتي بزيادة فيه (٢ / ٢١٦)Al-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1055. It was narrated that Qatādah said: "I heard Anas narrate that the Prophet ﷺ said: 'Bow and prostrate properly when you bow and prostrate.'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

١٠٥٤ - أَخْبَرَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌خَالِدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌شُعْبَةُ ، عَنْ ‌قَتَادَةَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ‌ أَنَسًا يُحَدِّثُ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «أَتِمُّوا الرُّكُوعَ وَالسُّجُودَ إِذَا رَكَعْتُمْ، وَسَجَدْتُمْ».

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1055

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1055

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 17

Raising The Hands When Rising From Bowing

Hadith 1056

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1056. ‘Alqamah bin Wā’il said: “My father told me: ‘I prayed behind the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and I saw him raise his hands when he started to pray, and when he bowed, and when he said: “Samī’ Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh hears the one who praises Him)” like this.’” And (one of the narrators) Qais pointed toward his ears. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1055 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ الْعَنْبَرِيِّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَلْقَمَةُ بْنُ وَائِلٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ خَلْفَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَرَأَيْتُهُ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ إِذَا افْتَتَحَ الصَّلَاةَ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ، وَإِذَا قَالَ: «سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ» هَكَذَا، وَأَشَارَ قَيْسٌ إِلَى نَحْوِ الْأُذُنَيْنِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1056

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1056

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 18

Raising The Hands Until They Are In Level With The Highest Part Of The Ears

Hadith 1057

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1057. It was narrated from Mālik bin Al-Ḥuwaīrith that he saw the Prophet ﷺ raise his hands when he bowed, and when he raised his head from bowing, until they were in level with the highest part of his ears. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1056 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْمَعِيلُ بْنُ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ وَهُوَ ابْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ نَصْرِ بْنِ عَاصِمٍ أَنَّهُ حَدَّثَهُمْ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ الْحُوَيْرِثِ، أَنَّهُ «رَأَى رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ إِذَا رَكَعَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا فُرُوعَ أُذُنَيْهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1057

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1057

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 19

Raising The Hands Until They Are In Level With The Shoulders When Rising From Bowing

Hadith 1058

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1058. It was narrated from Sâlim, from his father, that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to raise his hands until they were in level with his shoulders when he started to pray, and when he raised his head from bowing he did likewise, and when he said: "Sami' Allâhu liman hamidah (Allâh hears the one who praises Him)" he said: "Rabbanâ lakal-hamd (Our Lord, to You be praise)" and he did not raise his hands between the two prostrations. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1057 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ إِذَا دَخَلَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ حَذْوَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ، فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، وَإِذَا قَالَ: «سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ»، قَالَ: «رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ»، وَكَانَ لَا يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1058

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1058

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 20

Concession Allowing One Not To Do That

Hadith 1059

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1059. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh that he said: "Shall I not show you how the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ prayed?" So he prayed, and he only raised his hands once. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1058 - : أَخْبَرَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ الْمَرْوَزِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «أَلَا أُصَلِّي بِكُمْ صَلَاةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ؟ فَصَلَّى فَلَمْ يَرْفَعْ يَدَيْهِ إِلَّا مَرَّةً وَاحِدَةً»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1059

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1059

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 21

What The Imâm Says When He Raises His Head From Bowing

Hadith 1060

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1060. It was narrated from Ibn 'Umar that when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ started to pray, he raised his hands until they were in level with his shoulders, and when he said the Takbīr before bowing, and when he raised his head from bowing he raised (his hands) likewise, and said: "Samī' Allāhu liman ḥamidah Rabbana wa lakal-ḥamd (Allāh hears the one who praises Him; Our Lord, and to You be the praise)," and he did not do that when prostrating. (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1059 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا افْتَتَحَ الصَّلَاةَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَذْوَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ، وَإِذَا كَبَّرَ لِلرُّكُوعِ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ رَفَعَهُمَا كَذَلِكَ أَيْضًا، وَقَالَ: «سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ»، وَكَانَ لَا يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ فِي السُّجُودِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1060

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1060

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1061

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1061. It was narrated that Abū Hurairah said: "When the Prophet ﷺ raised his head from bowing, he said: 'Allāhumma Rabbana wa lakal-ḥamd (O Allāh, our Lord and to You be the praise).'" (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1060 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ، قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1061

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1061

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 22

What The Person Praying Behind The Imām Should Say

Hadith 1062

DarussalamSaḥîḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1062. It was narrated from Anas that the Prophet ﷺ fell from a horse onto his right side, and they entered upon him to visit him. The time for prayer came, and when he has finished praying he said: "The Imām is appointed to be followed, so when he bows, then bow, and when he stands up, then stand up, and when he says: 'Sami' Allâhu liman ḥamidah (Allâh hears the one who praises Him)' then say: 'Rabbanâ wa lakal-ḥamd (Our Lord, and to You be the praise).'" (Saḥîḥ)

Arabic text

1061 - أَخْبَرَنَا هَنَّادُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سَقَطَ مِنْ فَرَسٍ عَلَى شِقِّهِ الْأَيْمَنِ، فَدَخَلُوا عَلَيْهِ يَعُودُونَهُ، فَحَضَرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، فَلَمَّا قَضَى الصَّلَاةَ قَالَ: " إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الْإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ، فَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَارْكَعُوا، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ فَارْفَعُوا وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقُولُوا: رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1062

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1062

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1063

DarussalamSaḥîḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1063. It was narrated that Rifâ'ah bin Râfi' said: "We were praying behind the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ one day and when he raised his head from bowing he said: 'Sami' Allâhu liman ḥamidah (Allâh hears the one who praises Him).' A man behind him said: 'Rabbanâ wa lakal-ḥamd, ḥamdan kathîran tayyiban mubâraḥan fîh. (O our Lord, and to You be the praise, much blessed and pure praise.)' When the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ had finished he said: 'Who is the one who spoke just now?' The man said: 'I did, O Messenger of Allâh.' The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'I saw thirty-some angels rushing to see which of them would write it down first.'" (Saḥîḥ)

Arabic text

1062 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا ابْنُ الْقَاسِمِ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي نُعَيْمُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ يَحْيَى الزُّرَقِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ رِفَاعَةَ بْنِ رَافِعٍ قَالَ: كُنَّا يَوْمًا نُصَلِّي وَرَاءَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَلَمَّا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرَّكْعَةِ قَالَ: «سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ»، قَالَ رَجُلٌ وَرَاءَهُ: رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ حَمْدًا كَثِيرًا طَيِّبًا مُبَارَكًا فِيهِ، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنِ الْمُتَكَلِّمُ آنِفًا؟» فَقَالَ الرَّجُلُ: أَنَا يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَقَدْ رَأَيْتُ بِضْعَةً وَثَلَاثِينَ مَلَكًا يَبْتَدِرُونَهَا أَيُّهُمْ يَكْتُبُهَا أَوَّلًا»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1063

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1063

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 23

Saying: Rabbanā Wa Lakal-Ḥamd (Our Lord, And To You Be The Praise)

Hadith 1064

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1064. It was narrated from Abū Hurairah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When the Imām says: 'Samiʿ Allāhu liman hamidah (Allāh hears the one who praises Him),' then say: 'Rabbanā wa lakal-ḥamd,' (Our Lord, and to You be the praise).' Whoever says that and it coincides with the angels saying it, his previous sins will be forgiven." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

١٠٦٣ - أَخْبَرَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، عَنْ ‌مَالِكٍ، عَنْ ‌سُمَيٍّ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي صَالِحٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا قَالَ الْإِمَامُ: سَمِعَ اللهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ؛ فَقُولُوا: رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ، فَإِنَّ مَنْ وَافَقَ قَوْلُهُ قَوْلَ الْمَلَائِكَةِ، غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِهِ».

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1064

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1064

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1065

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1065. It was narrated from Ḥīṭān bin ʿAbdullāh that he heard Abū Mūsā say: "The Prophet of Allāh ﷺ addressed us and taught us our Sunnah and our prayer. He said: 'When you pray, make your rows straight and let one of you lead you in prayer. When the Imām says the Takbīr, then say the Takbīr. When he recites 'Not (the way) of those who earned Your anger, nor of those who went astray'[1] then say: “Āmīn,” and Allāh will answer you. When he says the Takbīr and bows, then say the Takbīr and bow. The Imām bows before you do and stands up before you do.’ The Prophet of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘This makes up for that. And when he says: “Sami’ Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh hears the one who praises Him),” then say: “Allāhumma, Rabbanā wa lakal-ḥamd (O Allāh, our Lord, and to You be the praise),” Allāh will hear you, for Allāh has said on the lips of His Prophet ﷺ: “Allāh hears the one who praises Him.” And when he (the Imām) says the Takbīr and prostrates, then say the Takbīr and prostrate. The Imām prostrates before you do and sits up before you do.’ The Prophet of Allāh ﷺ said: “This makes up for that. And when he is sitting, let the first thing that any one of you says be: At-tahiyyātuṭ-ṭayyibātuṣ-ṣalawātu Lillāh, salāmun ‘alayka ayyuhan-nabiyyu wa raḥmatullāhi wa barakātuhu, salāmun ‘alaynā wa ‘alā ‘ibādillāhiṣ-ṣāliḥīn, ashḥadu an lā ilāha ill-Allāh wa ashḥadu anna Muḥammadan ‘abduhu wa rasūluh (All compliments, good words and prayers are due to Allāh, peace be upon you O Prophet, and the mercy of Allāh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allāh. I bear witness that there is none worthy of worship except Allāh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger) – seven phrases which are the greeting of the prayer.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1064 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ يُونُسَ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ حِطَّانَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ أَنَّهُ حَدَّثَهُ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَبَا مُوسَى قَالَ: إِنَّ نَبِيَّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خَطَبَنَا وَبَيَّنَ لَنَا سُنَّتَنَا وَعَلَّمَنَا صَلَاتَنَا، فَقَالَ: " إِذَا صَلَّيْتُمْ فَأَقِيمُوا صُفُوفَكُمْ، ثُمَّ لِيَؤُمَّكُمْ أَحَدُكُمْ، فَإِذَا كَبَّرَ الْإِمَامُ فَكَبِّرُوا، وَإِذَا قَرَأَ {غَيْرِ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا الضَّالِّينَ} [الفاتحة: 7]، فَقُولُوا: آمِينَ، يُجِبْكُمُ اللَّهُ، وَإِذَا كَبَّرَ وَرَكَعَ، فَكَبِّرُوا وَارْكَعُوا، فَإِنَّ الْإِمَامَ يَرْكَعُ قَبْلَكُمْ وَيَرْفَعُ قَبْلَكُمْ "، قَالَ نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " فَتِلْكَ بِتِلْكَ، وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ يَسْمَعِ اللَّهُ لَكُمْ، فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ قَالَ عَلَى لِسَانِ نَبِيِّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَإِذَا كَبَّرَ وَسَجَدَ، فَكَبِّرُوا وَاسْجُدُوا، فَإِنَّ الْإِمَامَ يَسْجُدُ قَبْلَكُمْ وَيَرْفَعُ قَبْلَكُمْ "، قَالَ نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «فَتِلْكَ بِتِلْكَ، فَإِذَا كَانَ عِنْدَ الْقَعْدَةِ فَلْيَكُنْ مِنْ أَوَّلِ قَوْلِ أَحَدِكُمُ التَّحِيَّاتُ الطَّيِّبَاتُ الصَّلَوَاتُ لِلَّهِ، سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، سَلَامٌ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ، سَبْعُ كَلِمَاتٍ وَهِيَ تَحِيَّةُ الصَّلَاةِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Fātiḥah 1:7.

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1065

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1065

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 24

The Duration Of The Standing Between Rising Up From Bowing To Prostrating

Hadith 1066

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1066. It was narrated from Al-Barā' bin 'Āzib that the bowing of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and when he raised his head from bowing, and his prostration, and the time between the two prostration, were almost equal in length. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1065 - أَخْبَرَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ الْبَرَاءِ بْنِ عَازِبٍ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ رُكُوعُهُ وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ وَسُجُودُهُ وَمَا بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ قَرِيبًا مِنَ السَّوَاءِ» (25 ما يقول في قيامه ذلك)

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1066

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1066

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 25

What Is To Be Said When Standing Up (After Bowing)

Hadith 1067

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1067. It was narrated from Ibn 'Abbās that when the Prophet ﷺ said: "Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh hears the one who praises Him)" he said: "Allāhumma, Rabbannā lakal-ḥamd, mil'as-samāwāti wa mil'al-ardī wa mil'a mā shi'ta min shai'in ba'd (O Allāh, our Lord, to You be the praise, filling the heavens, filling the Earth, and filling whatever else You will.”) (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1066 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ سَيْفٍ الْحَرَّانِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ عَامِرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ حَسَّانَ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا قَالَ: «سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ»، قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ لَكَ الْحَمْدُ مِلْءَ السَّمَوَاتِ، وَمِلْءَ الْأَرْضِ، وَمِلْءَ مَا شِئْتَ مِنْ شَيْءٍ بَعْدُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1067

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1067

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1068

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1068. It was narrated from Ibn ‘Abbâs that when the Prophet ﷺ wanted to prostrate after bowing, he would say: “Allâhumma, Rabbanâ wa lakal-ḥamd, mil’as-samâwâti wa mil’al-arḍi wa mil’a mā shi’ta min sha’în ba’d.” (O Allâh, our Lord, and to You be the praise, filling the heavens, filling the Earth, and filling whatever else You will.”) (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

1067 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْمَعِيلَ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي بُكَيْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ وَهْبِ بْنِ مِينَاسٍ الْعَدَنِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا أَرَادَ السُّجُودَ بَعْدَ الرَّكْعَةِ يَقُولُ: «اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ مِلْءَ السَّمَوَاتِ وَمِلْءَ الْأَرْضِ وَمِلْءَ مَا شِئْتَ مِنْ شَيْءٍ بَعْدُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1068

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1068

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1069

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1069. It was narrated from Abû Sa’eed that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to say: “Sami’ Allâhu liman ḥamidah, Rabbannâ lakal-ḥamd, mil’as-samâwâti wa mil’al-arḍi wa mil’a mā shi’ta min sha’în ba’d. Ahlath-thanâ’i wal-majdi khairu mā qâlal-’abdu wa kullunâ laka ‘abdun lâ māni’a limâ a’taita wa lâ yanfa’u dhâl-jaddi minkal-jadd” (Allâh hears the one who praises Him; Our Lord, to You be praise filling the heavens, filling the Earth, and filling whatever else You will, Lord of Glory and Majesty, the truest thing a slave had said, and we are all slaves to You. None can withhold what You grant, nor can the possession of an owner benefit him before You.”) (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1068 - أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرُو بْنُ هِشَامٍ أَبُو أُمَيَّةَ الْحَرَّانِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَخْلَدٌ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ، عَنْ عَطِيَّةَ بْنِ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ قَزَعَةَ بْنِ يَحْيَى، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقُولُ حِينَ يَقُولُ: «سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ»: «رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ مِلْءَ السَّمَوَاتِ وَمِلْءَ الْأَرْضِ وَمِلْءَ مَا شِئْتَ مِنْ شَيْءٍ بَعْدُ أَهْلَ الثَّنَاءِ وَالْمَجْدِ خَيْرُ، مَا قَالَ الْعَبْدُ وَكُلُّنَا لَكَ عَبْدٌ، لَا مَانِعَ لَمَا أَعْطَيْتَ وَلَا يَنْفَعُ ذَا الْجَدِّ مِنْكَ الْجَدُّ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1069

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1069

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1070

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1070. It was narrated from Hudhaifah that he prayed with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ one night and he heard him say when he said the Takbīr: “Allāhu Akbaru dhāl-jabarūti wal-malakūti wal-kibriyāʾi wal-ʿazamah (Allāh is Most Great, the One Who has all power, sovereignty, magnificence and might.)” When bowing he would say: “Subhāna Rabbīal-ʿAzīm (Glory be to my Lord Almighty).” When he raised his head from bowing he would say: “Lirabbīl-hamd, Lirabbīl-hamd (To my Lord be praise, to my Lord be praise).” And when he prostrated (he said): “Subhāna Rabbīal-Aʿla (Glory be to my Lord Most High).” And between the two prostrations (he said): “Rabbighfirlī, Rabbighfirlī (Lord forgive me, Lord forgive me).” His standing, his bowing, when he raised his head from bowing, his prostration and the time between the two prostrations, were almost the same. (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1069 - أَخْبَرَنَا حُمَيْدُ بْنُ مَسْعَدَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ مِنْ بَنِي عَبْسٍ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ، أَنَّهُ صَلَّى مَعَ رَسُولِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ فَسَمِعَهُ حِينَ كَبَّرَ قَالَ: «اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ ذَا الْجَبَرُوتِ وَالْمَلَكُوتِ وَالْكِبْرِيَاءِ وَالْعَظَمَةِ»، وَكَانَ يَقُولُ فِي رُكُوعِهِ: «سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْعَظِيمِ»، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ قَالَ: «لِرَبِّيَ الْحَمْدُ، لِرَبِّيَ الْحَمْدُ»، وَفِي سُجُودِهِ: «سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْأَعْلَى»، وَبَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ: «رَبِّي اغْفِرْ لِي، رَبِّي اغْفِرْ لِي»، وَكَانَ قِيَامُهُ وَرُكُوعُهُ وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ وَسُجُودُهُ وَمَا بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ قَرِيبًا مِنَ السَّوَاءِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1070

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1070

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 26

The Qunūt After Bowing

Hadith 1071

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1071. It was narrated that Anas bin Mālik said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed (saying the) Qunūt after bowing for a month, supplicating against Rī'l, Dhakwān and 'Uṣayyah who had disobeyed Allāh and His Messenger." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1070 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ التَّيْمِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي مِجْلَزٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ قَالَ: «قَنَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ شَهْرًا بَعْدَ الرُّكُوعِ يَدْعُو عَلَى رِعْلٍ وَذَكْوَانَ وَعُصَيَّةَ عَصَتِ اللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1071

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1071

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 27

The Qunūt During The Ṣubḥ Prayer

Hadith 1072

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1072. It was narrated that Anas bin Mālik was asked: "Did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say the Qunūt in the Ṣubḥ prayer?" He said: "Yes." He was asked: "Was that before bowing or after?" He said: "After bowing." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1071 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ ابْنِ سِيرِينَ، أَنَّ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ سُئِلَ: «هَلْ قَنَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي صَلَاةِ الصُّبْحِ؟» قَالَ: نَعَمْ، فَقِيلَ لَهُ: قَبْلَ الرُّكُوعِ أَوْ بَعْدَهُ؟ قَالَ: بَعْدَ الرُّكُوعِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1072

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1072

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1073

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1073. It was narrated that Ibn Sīrīn said: "Some of those who prayed the Ṣubḥ prayer with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ narrated to me that when he said: ‘Sami’ Allāhu liman hamidah (Allāh hears those who praise Him)’ in the second Rak’ah, he stood for a while.” (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1072 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْمَعِيلُ بْنُ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ الْمُفَضَّلِ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنْ ابْنِ سِيرِينَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي بَعْضُ مَنْ صَلَّى مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَاةَ الصُّبْحِ فَلَمَّا قَالَ: «سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الثَّانِيَةِ قَامَ هُنَيْهَةً»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1073

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1073

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1074

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1074. It was narrated that Abū Hurairah said: “When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ raised his head in the second Rak’ah of the Ṣubh prayer, he said: ‘O Allāh, save Al-Walīd bin Al-Walīd and Salamah bin Hishām and ‘Ayyāsh bin Abī Rabī’ah and those who are weak and oppressed in Makkah. O Allāh, intensify Your punishment on Muḍar and give them years (of famine) like the years of Yūsuf.” (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1073 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، قَالَ: حَفِظْنَاهُ مِنَ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: لَمَّا رَفَعَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرَّكْعَةِ الثَّانِيَةِ مِنْ صَلَاةِ الصُّبْحِ، قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ أَنْجِ الْوَلِيدَ بْنَ الْوَلِيدِ وَسَلَمَةَ بْنَ هِشَامٍ وَعَيَّاشَ بْنَ أَبِي رَبِيعَةَ وَالْمُسْتَضْعَفِينَ بِمَكَّةَ، اللَّهُمَّ اشْدُدْ وَطْأَتَكَ عَلَى مُضَرَ وَاجْعَلْهَا عَلَيْهِمْ سِنِينَ كَسِنِي يُوسُفَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1074

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1074

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1075

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1075. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to supplicate in prayer when he said: “Sami’ Allāhu liman hamidah, Rabbanā wa lakal-ḥamd (Allāh hears those who praise Him; O our Lord, and to You be the praise),” then he said while standing, before he prostrated: "O Allāh, save Al-Walīd bin Al-Walīd and Salamah bin Hishām and 'Ayyāsh bin Abī Rabī'ah and those who are weak and oppressed in Makkah. O Allāh, intensify Your punishment on Muḍar and give them years (of famine) like the years of Yūsuf." Then he would say: "Allāh is Most Great" and then he prostrated. The people of Muḍar and their environs were opposed to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ at that time. (Sahīh)

Arabic text

١٠٧٤ - أَخْبَرَنَا ‌عَمْرُو بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌بَقِيَّةُ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي ‌مُحَمَّدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي ‌سَعِيدُ بْنُ الْمُسَيِّبِ ، ‌وَأَبُو سَلَمَةَ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ أَنَّ ‌أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ كَانَ يُحَدِّثُ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَدْعُو فِي الصَّلَاةِ حِينَ يَقُولُ: سَمِعَ اللهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ. ثُمَّ يَقُولُ وَهُوَ قَائِمٌ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَسْجُدَ: اللَّهُمَّ أَنْجِ الْوَلِيدَ بْنَ الْوَلِيدِ، وَسَلَمَةَ بْنَ هِشَامٍ، وَعَيَّاشَ بْنَ أَبِي رَبِيعَةَ، وَالْمُسْتَضْعَفِينَ مِنَ الْمُؤْمِنِينَ، اللَّهُمَّ اشْدُدْ وَطْأَتَكَ عَلَى مُضَرَ، وَاجْعَلْهَا عَلَيْهِمْ كَسِنِي يُوسُفَ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: اللهُ أَكْبَرُ فَيَسْجُدُ. وَضَاحِيَةُ مُضَرَ يَوْمَئِذٍ مُخَالِفُونَ لِرَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ».

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1075

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1075

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 28

The Qunûṭ During The Zuhr prayer

Hadith 1076

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1076. It was narrated from Abū Salamah, that Abū Hurairah said: "I shall explain to you the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ." He said: "Abū Hurairah used to say the Qunûṭ in the last Rak'ah of the Zuhr prayer, and the later 'Ishā' prayer, and the Ṣubh, after saying 'Sami' Allāhu liman hamidah.' He would pray for the believers and curse the disbelievers." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1075 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ سَلْمٍ الْبَلْخِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا النَّضْرُ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا هِشَامٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: لَأُقَرِّبَنَّ لَكُمْ صَلَاةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: فَكَانَ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ " يَقْنُتُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الْآخِرَةِ مِنْ صَلَاةِ الظُّهْرِ، وَصَلَاةِ الْعِشَاءِ الْآخِرَةِ، وَصَلَاةِ الصُّبْحِ، بَعْدَ مَا يَقُولُ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ فَيَدْعُو لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ وَيَلْعَنُ الْكَفَرَةَ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1076

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1076

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 29

The Qunûṭ During The Magrib Prayer

Hadith 1077

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1077. It was narrated from Al-Barā' bin ‘Āzib that the Prophet ﷺ used to say the Qunûṭ in Ṣubh and Maghrib. (One of the narrators) ‘Ubaidullāh said: “Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ used to.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1076 - أَخْبَرَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، وَشُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، ح وأَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، وَسُفْيَانَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ ابْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ الْبَرَاءِ بْنِ عَازِبٍ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقْنُتُ فِي الصُّبْحِ وَالْمَغْرِبِ»، وَقَالَ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1077

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1077

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 30

Uttering Curses During The Qunûṭ

Hadith 1078

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1078. It was narrated from Anas: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said the Qunûṭ for a month.” – (One of the narrators) Shuʿbah said: “He cursed some men.” Hishām said: “He supplicated against some of the tribes of the ‘Arabs.” – “Then he stopped doing that after bowing.” This is what Hishām said. Shuʿbah said, narrating from Qatādah, from Anas that the Prophet ﷺ said the Qunûṭ for a month, cursing Riʿl, Dhakwān and Lihyān. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

١٠٧٧ - أَخْبَرَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو دَاوُدَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌شُعْبَةُ ، عَنْ ‌قَتَادَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسٍ. (ح) ‌وَهِشَامٌ ، عَنْ ‌قَتَادَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسٍ «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَنَتَ شَهْرًا. قَالَ شُعْبَةُ: لَعَنَ رِجَالًا، وَقَالَ هِشَامٌ: يَدْعُو عَلَى أَحْيَاءٍ مِنْ أَحْيَاءِ الْعَرَبِ، ثُمَّ تَرَكَهُ بَعْدَ الرُّكُوعِ». هَذَا قَوْلُ هِشَامٍ، وَقَالَ شُعْبَةُ: عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَنَتَ شَهْرًا يَلْعَنُ رِعْلًا، وَذَكْوَانَ، وَلِحْيَانَ.

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1078

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1078

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 31

Cursing The Hypocrites During The Qunûṭ

Hadith 1079

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1079. It was narrated from Sâlim, from his father, that he heard the Prophet ﷺ, when he raised his head in the last Rak'ah of the Ṣubh prayer, say: "O Allâh, curse so-and-so and so-and-so;" supplicating against some of the hypocrites. Then Allâh revealed the words: "Not for you is the decision; whether He turns in mercy to (pardon) them or punishes them; verily, they are the wrongdoers."[1] (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1078 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنْ صَلَاةِ الصُّبْحِ مِنَ الرَّكْعَةِ الْآخِرَةِ قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ الْعَنْ فُلَانًا وَفُلَانًا» يَدْعُو عَلَى أُنَاسٍ مِنَ الْمُنَافِقِينَ، فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ: {لَيْسَ لَكَ مِنَ الْأَمْرِ شَيْءٌ أَوْ يَتُوبَ عَلَيْهِمْ أَوْ يُعَذِّبَهُمْ فَإِنَّهُمْ ظَالِمُونَ} [آل عمران: 128]

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1079

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1079

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 32

Not Saying The Qunûṭ

Hadith 1080

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1080. It was narrated from Anas that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said the Qunûṭ for one month, supplicating against one of the 'Arab tribes, then he stopped doing that. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1079 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا مُعَاذُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَنَتَ شَهْرًا يَدْعُو عَلَى حَيٍّ مِنْ أَحْيَاءِ الْعَرَبِ ثُمَّ تَرَكَهُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1080

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1080

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1081

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1081. It was narrated from Abû Mâlik Al-Ashja'î that his father said: "I prayed behind the Messenger of Allāh ﷻ and he did not say the Qunūt, and I prayed behind Abū Bakr and he did not say the Qunūt, and I prayed behind 'Umar and he did not say the Qunūt, and I prayed behind 'Uthmān and he did not say the Qunūt, and I prayed behind 'Alī and he did not say the Qunūt." Then he said: "O my son, this is an innovation." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

١٠٨٠ - أَخْبَرَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، عَنْ ‌خَلَفٍ وَهُوَ ابْنُ خَلِيفَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي مَالِكٍ الْأَشْجَعِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ قَالَ: «صَلَّيْتُ خَلْفَ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَلَمْ يَقْنُتْ وَصَلَّيْتُ خَلْفَ أَبِي بَكْرٍ فَلَمْ يَقْنُتْ، وَصَلَّيْتُ خَلْفَ عُمَرَ فَلَمْ يَقْنُتْ، وَصَلَّيْتُ خَلْفَ عُثْمَانَ فَلَمْ يَقْنُتْ، وَصَلَّيْتُ خَلْفَ عَلِيٍّ فَلَمْ يَقْنُتْ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: يَا بُنَيَّ إِنَّهَا بِدْعَةٌ».

Footnotes

1 [1] Âl Imrân 3:128.

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1081

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1081

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 33

Cooling The Pebbles In Order To Prostrate On Them

Hadith 1082

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1082. It was narrated that Jābir bin 'Abdullāh said: "We used to pray Zuhr with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and I would take a handful of pebbles in my hand to cool them down, then I would pass them from one hand to the other, and when I prostrated I would put them down to lay my forehead on them." (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

1081 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّادٌ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: «كُنَّا نُصَلِّي مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الظُّهْرَ فَآخُذُ قَبْضَةً مِنْ حَصًى فِي كَفِّي أُبَرِّدُهُ، ثُمَّ أُحَوِّلُهُ فِي كَفِّي الْآخَرِ، فَإِذَا سَجَدْتُ وَضَعْتُهُ لِجَبْهَتِي»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1082

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1082

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 34

The Takbīr When Prostrating

Hadith 1083

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1083. It was narrated that Muṭarrif said: "Imrān bin Ḥuṣain and I prayed behind 'Alī bin Abī Ṭālib. When he prostrated he said the Takbīr, and when he raised his head from prostration he said the Takbīr, and when he stood up following two Rak'ahs he said the Takbīr, and when he had finished praying, 'Imrān took my hand and said: 'This reminded me of - he said a word meaning - the prayer of Muḥammad ﷺ.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1082 - أَخْبَرَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَبِيبِ بْنِ عَرَبِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ غَيْلَانَ بْنِ جَرِيرٍ، عَنْ مُطَرِّفٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ أَنَا وَعِمْرَانُ بْنُ حُصَيْنٍ خَلْفَ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ، «فَكَانَ إِذَا سَجَدَ كَبَّرَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ السُّجُودِ كَبَّرَ، وَإِذَا نَهَضَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ كَبَّرَ»، فَلَمَّا قَضَى أَخَذَ عِمْرَانُ بِيَدِي، فَقَالَ: لَقَدْ ذَكَّرَنِي هَذَا ـ قَالَ كَلِمَةً يَعْنِي ـ صَلَاةَ مُحَمَّدٍ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1083

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1083

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1084

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1084. It was narrated that 'Abdullāh bin Ma'sūd said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to say the Takbīr every time he went down and came up, and he would say the Salām to his right and his left. And Abū Bakr and 'Umar used to do likewise." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1083 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاذٌ، وَيَحْيَى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو إِسْحَقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، وَالْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُكَبِّرُ فِي كُلِّ خَفْضٍ وَرَفْعٍ، وَيُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَعَنْ يَسَارِهِ»، وَكَانَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ وَعُمَرُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا يَفْعَلَانِهِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1084

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1084

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 35

How One Should Go Down For Prostration

Hadith 1085

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1085. It was narrated that Abū Būshr said: “I heard Yūsuf – meaning Ibn Māhak – narrating that Hākīm said: ‘I gave my pledge of allegiance to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, pledging that I would go down (in prostration) only after standing up from bowing.’” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1084 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْمَعِيلُ بْنُ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي بِشْرٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ يُوسُفَ وَهُوَ ابْنُ مَاهَكَ يُحَدِّثُ، عَنْ حَكِيمٍ قَالَ: «بَايَعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ لَا أَخِرَّ إِلَّا قَائِمًا»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1085

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1085

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 36

Raising The Hands Before Prostrating

Hadith 1086

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1086. It was narrated from Mālik bin Al-Huwaīrith that he saw the Prophet ﷺ raise his hands when praying, when he bowed, when he raised his head from bowing, when he prostrated and when he raised his head from prostrating, until they were in level with the top part of his ears. (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1085 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ نَصْرِ بْنِ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ الْحُوَيْرِثِ أَنَّهُ «رَأَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ فِي صَلَاتِهِ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ، وَإِذَا سَجَدَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ السُّجُودِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا فُرُوعَ أُذُنَيْهِ»،

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1086

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1086

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1087

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1087. It was narrated from Mâlik bin Al-Huwaithrith that he saw the Prophet ﷺ raise his hands, a similar report. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1086 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ نَصْرِ بْنِ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ الْحُوَيْرِثِ، أَنَّهُ رَأَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، فَذَكَرَ مِثْلَهُ،

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1087

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1087

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1088

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1088. It was narrated from Mâlik bin Al-Huwaithrith that he saw the Prophet of Allâh ﷺ raise his hands when he started to pray, and he narrated a similar report and added: "When he bowed he did likewise, and when he raised his head from bowing he did likewise, and when he raised his head from prostration he did likewise." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1087 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاذُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ نَصْرِ بْنِ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ الْحُوَيْرِثِ، أَنَّ نَبِيَّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا دَخَلَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ وَزَادَ فِيهِ: «وَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ السُّجُودِ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1088

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1088

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 37

Not Raising The Hands When Prostrating

Hadith 1089

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1089. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to raise his hands when he started to pray, and when he bowed, and when he stood up, but he did not do that when he prostrated." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

١٠٨٨ - أَخْبَرَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ الْكُوفِيُّ الْمُحَارِبِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ ، عَنْ ‌مَعْمَرٍ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ ‌سَالِمٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ إِذَا افْتَتَحَ الصَّلَاةَ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ، وَكَانَ لَا يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ فِي السُّجُودِ».

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1089

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1089

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 38

The First Part Of The Body That Should Reach The Ground When A Person Prostrates

Hadith 1090

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1090. It was narrated that Wā'il bin Hujr said: "I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ when he prostrated, he lowered his knees before his hands, and when he came up he raised his hands before his knees." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1089 - أَخْبَرَنَا الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ عِيسَى الْقُوْمَسِيُّ الْبَسْطَامِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ وَهُوَ ابْنُ هَارُونَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا سَجَدَ وَضَعَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ قَبْلَ يَدَيْهِ، وَإِذَا نَهَضَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ قَبْلَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1090

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1090

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1091

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1091. It was narrated that Abū Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Is there any one of you who would kneel as a camel kneels when praying?'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1090 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ حَسَنٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنْ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَعْمِدُ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَيَبْرُكَ كَمَا يَبْرُكُ الْجَمَلُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1091

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1091

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1092

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1092. It was narrated that Abū Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'When one of you prostrates, let him put his hands down before his knees, and not kneel like a camel.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1091 - أَخْبَرَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ بَكَّارِ بْنِ بِلَالٍ مِنْ كِتَابِهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَرْوَانُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنْ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا سَجَدَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَضَعْ يَدَيْهِ قَبْلَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ وَلَا يَبْرُكْ بُرُوكَ الْبَعِيرِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1092

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1092

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 39

Putting The Hands Down Along With The Face When Prostrating

Hadith 1093

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1093. It was narrated from Ibn 'Umar in a Marfū' report that the hands prostrate as the face prostrates, so when one you of puts his face down he should put his hands down, and when he raises (the face) he should raise (the hands) too. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

١٠٩٢ - أَخْبَرَنَا ‌زِيَادُ بْنُ أَيُّوبَ دَلُّوَيْهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَيُّوبُ ، عَنْ ‌نَافِعٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَفَعَهُ قَالَ: «إِنَّ الْيَدَيْنِ تَسْجُدَانِ كَمَا يَسْجُدُ الْوَجْهُ، فَإِذَا وَضَعَ أَحَدُكُمْ وَجْهَهُ فَلْيَضَعْ يَدَيْهِ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَهُ فَلْيَرْفَعْهُمَا».

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1093

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1093

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 40

On How Many (Parts Of The Body) Does One Prostrate On?

Hadith 1094

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1094. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbās said: "The Prophet ﷺ was commanded to prostrate on seven parts of his body and not to tuck up his hair or his garment.” (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1093 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ قَالَ: «أُمِرَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعَةِ أَعْضَاءٍ، وَلَا يَكُفَّ شَعْرَهُ وَلَا ثِيَابَهُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1094

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1094

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 41

Explanation Of That

Hadith 1095

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1095. It was narrated from Al-'Abbās bin 'Abdul-Muṭṭalib that he heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: “When a person prostrates, seven parts of his body prostrate: his face, his two palms, his two knees and his two feet.” (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1094 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرٌ، عَنْ ابْنِ الْهَادِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ الْعَبَّاسِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: " إِذَا سَجَدَ الْعَبْدُ سَجَدَ مِنْهُ سَبْعَةُ آرَابٍ: وَجْهُهُ، وَكَفَّاهُ، وَرُكْبَتَاهُ، وَقَدَمَاهُ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1095

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1095

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 42

Prostrating On One's Forehead

Hadith 1096

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1096. It was narrated that Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī said: “My two eyes saw the traces of water and mud on the forehead and nose of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, from his praying Qiyām on the night of the twenty-first.” (Saḥīḥ) (This was narrated) in an abridged form.

Arabic text

1095 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، وَالْحَارِثُ بْنُ مِسْكِينٍ، قِرَاءَةً عَلَيْهِ وَأَنَا أَسْمَعُ وَاللَّفْظُ لَهُ، عَنْ ابْنِ الْقَاسِمِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مَالِكٌ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْهَادِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ قَالَ: «بَصُرَتْ عَيْنَايَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى جَبِينِهِ وَأَنْفِهِ أَثَرُ الْمَاءِ وَالطِّينِ مِنْ صُبْحِ لَيْلَةِ إِحْدَى وَعِشْرِينَ» مُخْتَصَرٌ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1096

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1096

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 43

Prostrating On One's Nose

Hadith 1097

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1097. It was narrated from Ibn 'Abbb that the Messenger of Allih g said: "I have been commanded to prostrate on seven, and not to tuck up my hair nor my garment: the forehead, the nose, the hands, the knees and the feet." (S&i!z)

Arabic text

1096 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ السَّرْحِ، وَيُونُسُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى، وَالْحَارِثُ بْنُ مِسْكِينٍ، قِرَاءَةً عَلَيْهِ وَأَنَا أَسْمَعُ وَاللَّفْظُ لَهُ، عَنْ ابْنِ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " أُمِرْتُ أَنْ أَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعَةٍ لَا أَكُفَّ الشَّعْرَ وَلَا الثِّيَابَ: الْجَبْهَةِ، وَالْأَنْفِ، وَالْيَدَيْنِ، وَالرُّكْبَتَيْنِ، وَالْقَدَمَيْنِ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1097

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1097

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 44

Prostrating On The Hands

Hadith 1098

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1098. It was narrated from Ibn ʿAbbâs that the Prophet ﷺ said: "I have been commanded to prostrate on seven bones: on the forehead" – and he pointed with his hand – "on the nose, the hands, the knees and the ends of the feet." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1097 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ النَّسَائِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْمُعَلَّى بْنُ أَسَدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " أُمِرْتُ أَنْ أَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعَةِ أَعْظُمٍ: عَلَى الْجَبْهَةِ، وَأَشَارَ بِيَدِهِ عَلَى الْأَنْفِ، وَالْيَدَيْنِ وَالرُّكْبَتَيْنِ، وَأَطْرَافِ الْقَدَمَيْنِ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1098

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1098

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 45

Prostrating On The Knees

Hadith 1099

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1099. It was narrated from Ibn ʿAbbâs: "The Prophet ﷺ was commanded to prostrate on seven – and he was forbidden to tuck up his hair and garment – on his hands, his knees, the edges of his feet." Sufyân said: "Ibn Tāwūs said to us: 'He put his hand on his forehead and moved it down to his nose and said: This is one thing.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1098 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ الْمَكِّيُّ، وَعَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الزُّهْرِيُّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ ابْنِ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، «أُمِرَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعٍ، وَنُهِيَ أَنْ يَكْفِتَ الشَّعْرَ وَالثِّيَابَ عَلَى يَدَيْهِ وَرُكْبَتَيْهِ وَأَطْرَافِ أَصَابِعِهِ»، قَالَ سُفْيَانُ: قَالَ لَنَا ابْنُ طَاوُسٍ: «وَوَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى جَبْهَتِهِ وَأَمَرَّهَا عَلَى أَنْفِهِ»، قَالَ: هَذَا وَاحِدٌ وَاللَّفْظُ لِمُحَمَّدٍ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1099

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1099

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 46

Prostrating On The Feet

Hadith 1100

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1100. It was narrated from 'Abbis bin 'Abdul-Muttalib that he heard the Messenger of All%h @ say: "Wben a person prostrates, seven I parbs of his body prostrate with himi his forehead, his two hands, his two knees and his two feet." (Sahib)

Arabic text

1099 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ اللَّيْثِ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا ابْنُ الْهَادِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ سَعْدِ بْنِ أَبِي وَقَّاصٍ، عَنْ عَبَّاسِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: " إِذَا سَجَدَ الْعَبْدُ سَجَدَ مَعَهُ سَبْعَةُ آرَابٍ: وَجْهُهُ، وَكَفَّاهُ، وَرُكْبَتَاهُ، وَقَدَمَاهُ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1100

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1100

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 47

Placing The Feet Upright During Prostration

Hadith 1101

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1101. It was narrated that ‘Aīshah said: “I noticed the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was missing one night, and I found him when he was prostrating with his feet held upright, and he was saying; ‘Allāhumma, innī a’ūdhu biridāka min sakhaṭik, wa bimū’afatika min uqūbatik, wa bika minka lā uhsī thanā’an ‘alaika anta kamā athnaita ‘ala nafsiḥ (O Allāh, I seek refuge with Your pleasure from Your wrath, in Your forgiveness from Your punishment and in You from You. I cannot praise You enough, You are as You have praised Yourself.)”

Arabic text

1100 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ حَبَّانَ، عَنْ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: فَقَدْتُ رَسُولَ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ فَانْتَهَيْتُ إِلَيْهِ وَهُوَ سَاجِدٌ وَقَدَمَاهُ مَنْصُوبَتَانِ وَهُوَ يَقُولُ: «اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِرِضَاكَ مِنْ سَخَطِكَ، وَبِمُعَافَاتِكَ مِنْ عُقُوبَتِكَ، وَبِكَ مِنْكَ، لَا أُحْصِي ثَنَاءً عَلَيْكَ أَنْتَ كَمَا أَثْنَيْتَ عَلَى نَفْسِكَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1101

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1101

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 48

Bending The Toes(So That They Point TowardThe Qiblah) DuringProstration

Hadith 1102

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1102. It was narrated that Abū Ḥumaid As-Sā'idī said: "When the Prophet ﷺ fell to the ground during prostration, he held his arms away from his sides and bent his toes." (Sahīh) (It was narrated) in abridged form.

Arabic text

1101 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ أَبِي حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيِّ قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا أَهْوَى إِلَى الْأَرْضِ سَاجِدًا جَافَى عَضُدَيْهِ عَنْ إِبِطَيْهِ، وَفَتَخَ أَصَابِعَ رِجْلَيْهِ» مُخْتَصَرٌ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1102

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1102

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 49

Placement Of TheHands When Prostrating

Hadith 1103

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1103. It was narrated that Wā'il bin Ḥujr said: "I came to Al-Madīnah and said: 'I am going to watch the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ pray. He said the Takbīr and raised his hands until I saw his thumbs near his ears. When he wanted to bow, he said the Takbīr and raised his hands. Then he raised his head and said: 'Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh hears the one who praises Him).' Then he said the Takbīr and prostrated, and his hands were in the same position in relation to his ears as when he started the prayer." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1102 - أَخْبَرَنِي أَحْمَدُ بْنُ نَاصِحٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَاصِمَ بْنَ كُلَيْبٍ يَذْكُرُ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ قَالَ: قَدِمْتُ الْمَدِينَةَ فَقُلْتُ: لَأَنْظُرَنَّ إِلَى صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَكَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى رَأَيْتُ إِبْهَامَيْهِ قَرِيبًا مِنْ أُذُنَيْهِ، فَلَمَّا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ كَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ فَقَالَ: «سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ»، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ وَسَجَدَ، فَكَانَتْ يَدَاهُ مِنْ أُذُنَيْهِ عَلَى الْمَوْضِعِ الَّذِي اسْتَقْبَلَ بِهِمَا الصَّلَاةَ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1103

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1103

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 50

The Prohibition Of Resting One's Forearms On The Ground When Prostrating

Hadith 1104

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-Albaniحسن صحيح، يأتي قريبا بزيادة فيه (٢ / ٢١٣ - ٢١٤)Al-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1104. It was narrated from Anas that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Do not rest your forearms on the ground like a dog when prostrating." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1103 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ وَهُوَ ابْنُ هَارُونَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْعَلَاءِ وَاسْمُهُ أَيُّوبُ بْنُ أَبِي مِسْكِينٍ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا يَفْتَرِشْ أَحَدُكُمْ ذِرَاعَيْهِ فِي السُّجُودِ افْتِرَاشَ الْكَلْبِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1104

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1104

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 51

Description Of Prostration

Hadith 1105

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1105. It was narrated that Abū Ishāq said: "Al-Barā' described the prostration to us. He placed his hands on the ground and raised his posterior and said: 'This is what I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ doing.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1104 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ الْمَرْوَزِيُّ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَقَ، قَالَ: وَصَفَ لَنَا الْبَرَاءُ السُّجُودَ فَوَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ بِالْأَرْضِ، وَرَفَعَ عَجِيزَتَهُ، وَقَالَ: «هَكَذَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَفْعَلُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1105

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1105

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1106

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1106. It was narrated from Al-Barāʾ that when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed he would Jakhkha[1] (Hasan)

Arabic text

١١٠٥ - أَخْبَرَنَا ‌عَبْدَةُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحِيمِ الْمَرْوَزِيُّ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا ‌ابْنُ شُمَيْلٍ هُوَ النَّضْرُ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا ‌يُونُسُ بْنُ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ ، عَنِ ‌الْبَرَاءِ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ إِذَا صَلَّى جَخَّى».

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1106

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1106

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1107

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1107. It was narrated from 'Abdullāh bin Mālik bin Buḥainah that when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed he held his arms out so much that the whiteness of his armpits appeared. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1106 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرٌ، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ رَبِيعَةَ، عَنْ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ ابْنِ بُحَيْنَةَ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا صَلَّى فَرَّجَ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يَبْدُوَ بَيَاضُ إِبْطَيْهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1107

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1107

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1108

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1108. It was narrated that Abū Hurairah said: "If I were in front of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ I would be able to see the whiteness of his armpits." (One of the narrators)Abū Mijlāz said: "It is as if he said that because he was praying."(Hasan)

Arabic text

1107 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بَزِيعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُعْتَمِرُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي مِجْلَزٍ، عَنْ بَشِيرِ بْنِ نَهِيكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: «لَوْ كُنْتُ بَيْنَ يَدَيْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَأَبْصَرْتُ إِبْطَيْهِ»، قَالَ أَبُو مِجْلَزٍ: كَأَنَّهُ قَالَ ذَلِكَ لِأَنَّهُ فِي صَلَاةٍ

Footnotes

1 [1] Hold his arms out from his sides and keep his stomach up off the ground as explained in An-Nihāyah.

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1108

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1108

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1109

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1109. It was narrated from 'Ubaidullāh bin 'Abdullāh bin Aqram that his father said: "I prayed with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and I used to see the whiteness of his armpits when he prostrated."(Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1108 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا إِسْمَعِيلُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا دَاوُدُ بْنُ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَقْرَمَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ قَالَ: «صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَكُنْتُ أَرَى عُفْرَةَ إِبْطَيْهِ إِذَا سَجَدَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1109

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1109

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 52

Holding The Arms Out From One's Side When Prostrating

Hadith 1110

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1110. It was narrated from Maimūnah that when the Prophet ﷺ prostrated he would hold his arms out from his sides so that if a lamb wanted to pass beneath his arms it would be able to do so.(Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1109 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ وَهُوَ ابْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْأَصَمِّ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ يَزِيدَ وَهُوَ ابْنُ الْأَصَمِّ، عَنْ مَيْمُونَةَ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا سَجَدَ جَافَى يَدَيْهِ، حَتَّى لَوْ أَنَّ بَهْمَةً أَرَادَتْ أَنْ تَمُرَّ تَحْتَ يَدَيْهِ مَرَّتْ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1110

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1110

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 53

Moderation In Prostration

Hadith 1111

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1111. It was narrated that Qatadāh said: "I heard Anas (narrate) that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Be moderate in prostration and do not rest your forearms along the ground like a dog.'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1110 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، ح وأَخْبَرَنَا إِسْمَعِيلُ بْنُ مَسْعُودٍ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَنَسًا، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «اعْتَدِلُوا فِي السُّجُودِ، وَلَا يَبْسُطْ أَحَدُكُمْ ذِرَاعَيْهِ انْبِسَاطَ الْكَلْبِ»، اللَّفْظُ لِإِسْحَقَ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1111

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1111

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 54

Maintaining One's Back (At Ease) When Prostrating

Hadith 1112

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1112. It was narrated that Abū Ma'sūd said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'No prayer is valid in which a man does not maintain his back (at ease) when bowing and prostrating.'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1111 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ خَشْرَمٍ الْمَرْوَزِيُّ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عِيسَى وَهُوَ ابْنُ يُونُسَ، عَنْ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي مَعْمَرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تُجْزِئُ صَلَاةٌ لَا يُقِيمُ الرَّجُلُ فِيهَا صُلْبَهُ فِي الرُّكُوعِ وَالسُّجُودِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1112

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1112

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 55

The Prohibition Of Pecking Like A Crow

Hadith 1113

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1113. 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Shibl said that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ forbade three things: "Pecking like a crow, resting one's forearms on the ground like a predator, and allocating the same place for prayer like a camel gets used to a certain place." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1112 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ اللَّيْثِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنْ ابْنِ أَبِي هِلَالٍ، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ تَمِيمَ بْنَ مَحْمُودٍ أَخْبَرَهُ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنَ شِبْلٍ أَخْبَرَهُ، " أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَهَى عَنْ ثَلَاثٍ: عَنْ نَقْرَةِ الْغُرَابِ، وَافْتِرَاشِ السَّبُعِ، وَأَنْ يُوَطِّنَ الرَّجُلُ الْمَقَامَ لِلصَّلَاةِ كَمَا يُوَطِّنُ الْبَعِيرُ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1113

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1113

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 56

The Prohibition Of Tucking Up The Hair When Prostrating

Hadith 1114

DarussalamŠaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1114. It was narrated from Ibn 'Abbâs that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "I have been commanded to prostrate on seven and not to tuck up my hair or garment." (Šaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1113 - أَخْبَرَنَا حُمَيْدُ بْنُ مَسْعَدَةَ الْبَصْرِيُّ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ وَهُوَ ابْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، وَرَوْحٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْقَاسِمِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «أُمِرْتُ أَنْ أَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعَةٍ، وَلَا أَكُفَّ شَعْرًا، وَلَا ثَوْبًا»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1114

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1114

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 57

The Likeness Of One Who Prays With His Hair Bound Behind Him

Hadith 1115

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1115. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin 'Abbâs that he saw ‘Abdullāh bin Al-Ĥārīth praying with his hair bound behind him. He stopped and started to undo it. When he finished he turned to Ibn ‘Abbās and said: “What were you doing to my head?” He said: “I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: “The likeness of this is that of one who prays with his hands tied behind his neck.”’ (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1114 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ سَوَّادِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو السَّرْحِيُّ، مِنْ وَلَدِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَعْدِ بْنِ أَبِي سَرْحٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، أَنَّ بُكَيْرًا حَدَّثَهُ، أَنَّ كُرَيْبًا مَوْلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ حَدَّثَهُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّهُ رَأَى عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ الْحَارِثِ يُصَلِّي وَرَأْسُهُ مَعْقُوصٌ مِنْ وَرَائِهِ، فَقَامَ فَجَعَلَ يَحُلُّهُ، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ أَقْبَلَ إِلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ فَقَالَ: مَا لَكَ وَرَأْسِي؟ قَالَ: إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «إِنَّمَا مَثَلُ هَذَا مَثَلُ الَّذِي يُصَلِّي وَهُوَ مَكْتُوفٌ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1115

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1115

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 58

The Prohibition Of Tucking Up One's Garment When Prostrating

Hadith 1116

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1116. It was narrated that Ibn ‘Abbās said: “The Prophet ﷺ was commanded to prostrate on seven bones and was forbidden to tuck up his hair and garment.” (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1115 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ الْمَكِّيُّ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «أُمِرَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعَةِ أَعْظُمٍ، وَنُهِيَ أَنْ يَكُفَّ الشَّعْرَ وَالثِّيَابَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1116

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1116

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 59

Prostrating On One's Garment

Hadith 1117

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1117. It was narrated that Anas said: "When we prayed Zuhr behind the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ we would prostrate on our garments because of the heat." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1116 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ خَالِدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ هُوَ السُّلَمِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي غَالِبٌ الْقَطَّانُ، عَنْ بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْمُزَنِيِّ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ قَالَ: «كُنَّا إِذَا صَلَّيْنَا خَلْفَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالظَّهَائِرِ سَجَدْنَا عَلَى ثِيَابِنَا اتِّقَاءَ الْحَرِّ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1117

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1117

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 60

The Command To Prostrate Properly

Hadith 1118

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1118. It was narrated from Anas that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Bow and prostrate properly, for by Allāh I can see you from behind my back when you bow and prostrate." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1117 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدَةُ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «أَتِمُّوا الرُّكُوعَ وَالسُّجُودَ، فَوَاللَّهِ إِنِّي لَأَرَاكُمْ مِنْ خَلْفِ ظَهْرِي فِي رُكُوعِكُمْ وَسُجُودِكُمْ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1118

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1118

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 61

The Prohibition Of Reciting Qur'ân When Prostrating

Hadith 1119

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1119. It was narrated that 'Alī bin Abī Tālib said: "My beloved ﷺ forbade me from doing three things, but I do not say that he forbade the people. He forbade me from wearing gold rings, wearing Qassī, wearing clothes dyed with safflower Mufaddamah,[1] and from reciting the Qurʾān when prostrating or bowing. (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1118 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ سَيْفٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَلِيٍّ الْحَنَفِيُّ، وَعُثْمَانُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، قَالَ أَبُو عَلِيٍّ: حَدَّثَنَا، وَقَالَ عُثْمَانُ: أَنْبَأَنَا دَاوُدُ بْنُ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ حُنَيْنٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ قَالَ: " نَهَانِي حِبِّي صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ ثَلَاثٍ: لَا أَقُولُ نَهَى النَّاسَ نَهَانِي عَنْ تَخَتُّمِ الذَّهَبِ، وَعَنْ لُبْسِ الْقَسِّيِّ، وَعَنِ الْمُعَصْفَرِ الْمُفَدَّمَةِ، وَلَا أَقْرَأُ سَاجِدًا وَلَا رَاكِعًا "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1119

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1119

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1120

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1120. ‘Alī said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ forbade me from reciting the Qurʾān when bowing or prostrating.” (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1119 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ السَّرْحِ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، ح وَالْحَارِثُ بْنُ مِسْكِينٍ، قِرَاءَةً عَلَيْهِ وَأَنَا أَسْمَعُ، عَنْ ابْنِ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنْ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ أَبَاهُ حَدَّثَهُ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ عَلِيًّا قَالَ: «نَهَانِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ أَقْرَأَ رَاكِعًا أَوْ سَاجِدًا»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1120

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1120

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 62

The Command To Strive Hard In Supplication When Prostrating

Hadith 1121

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1121. It was narrated that ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Abbās said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ drew aside the curtain when he had a cloth wrapped around his head during his final illness, and said: ‘O Allāh, I have conveyed (the Message)’” three times. "There is nothing left of the features of Prophethood except a good dream that a person sees or is seen by others for him. But I have been forbidden to recite the Qur'an when bowing and prostrating, so when you bow, then glorify your Lord and when you prostrate, then strive hard in supplication, for it is more deserving of a response." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1120 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ الْمَرْوَزِيُّ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا إِسْمَعِيلُ هُوَ ابْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ سُحَيْمٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مَعْبَدِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ قَالَ: كَشَفَ رَسُولُ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ السِّتْرَ وَرَأْسُهُ مَعْصُوبٌ فِي مَرَضِهِ الَّذِي مَاتَ فِيهِ فَقَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ قَدْ بَلَّغْتُ ـ ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ ـ إِنَّهُ لَمْ يَبْقَ مِنْ مُبَشِّرَاتِ النُّبُوَّةِ إِلَّا الرُّؤْيَا الصَّالِحَةُ يَرَاهَا الْعَبْدُ أَوْ تُرَى لَهُ، أَلَا وَإِنِّي قَدْ نُهِيتُ عَنِ الْقِرَاءَةِ فِي الرُّكُوعِ وَالسُّجُودِ، فَإِذَا رَكَعْتُمْ فَعَظِّمُوا رَبَّكُمْ، وَإِذَا سَجَدْتُمْ فَاجْتَهِدُوا فِي الدُّعَاءِ فَإِنَّهُ قَمِنٌ أَنْ يُسْتَجَابَ لَكُمْ»

Footnotes

1 [1] See No. 5318.

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1121

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1121

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 63

The Supplication When Prostrating

Hadith 1122

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1122. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbās said: "I stayed overnight with my maternal aunt Maimūnah bint Al-Hārīth, and the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stayed overnight with her. I saw him get up to relieve himself, and he went to the waterskin and undid its string, then he performed Wudū' that was moderate (in the amount of water used). Then he went to his bed and slept. Then he got up again and went to the waterskin and undid its string, and performed Wudū' again, like the first time. Then he stood and prayed, and when he prostrated he said: 'Allāhummaj'al fi qalbī nūran waj'al fi samī' nūran waj'al fi baṣrī nūran, waj'al min taḥtī nūran waj'al min fawqī nūran, wa 'an yamī' nūran wa 'an yasārī nūran waj'al amāmī nūran, waj'al khalfī nūran wa a'zīmli nūra (O Allāh, place light in my heart, and place light in my hearing, and place light in my seeing, and place light beneath me, and place light above me, and light on my right, and light on my left, and place light in front of me, and place light behind me, and make the light greater for me.) Then he slept until he started to snore, then Bilāl came and woke him up for the prayer.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1121 - أَخْبَرَنَا هَنَّادُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ مَسْرُوقٍ، عَنْ سَلَمَةَ بْنِ كُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِي رِشْدِينَ وَهُوَ كُرَيْبٌ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ قَالَ: بِتُّ عِنْدَ خَالَتِي مَيْمُونَةَ بِنْتِ الْحَارِثِ وَبَاتَ رَسُولُ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عِنْدَهَا، فَرَأَيْتُهُ قَامَ لِحَاجَتِهِ فَأَتَى الْقِرْبَةَ فَحَلَّ شِنَاقَهَا، ثُمَّ تَوَضَّأَ وُضُوءًا بَيْنَ الْوُضُوءَيْنِ، ثُمَّ أَتَى فِرَاشَهُ فَنَامَ، ثُمَّ قَامَ قَوْمَةً أُخْرَى فَأَتَى الْقِرْبَةَ فَحَلَّ شِنَاقَهَا، ثُمَّ تَوَضَّأَ وُضُوءًا هُوَ الْوُضُوءُ، ثُمَّ قَامَ يُصَلِّي وَكَانَ يَقُولُ فِي سُجُودِهِ: «اللَّهُمَّ اجْعَلْ فِي قَلْبِي نُورًا، وَاجْعَلْ فِي سَمْعِي نُورًا، وَاجْعَلْ فِي بَصَرِي نُورًا، وَاجْعَلْ مِنْ تَحْتِي نُورًا، وَاجْعَلْ مِنْ فَوْقِي نُورًا، وَعَنْ يَمِينِي نُورًا، وَعَنْ يَسَارِي نُورًا، وَاجْعَلْ أَمَامِي نُورًا، وَاجْعَلْ خَلْفِي نُورًا، وَأَعْظِمْ لِي نُورًا»، ثُمَّ نَامَ حَتَّى نَفَخَ، فَأَتَاهُ بِلَالٌ فَأَيْقَظَهُ لِلصَّلَاةِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1122

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1122

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 64

Another Kind

Hadith 1123

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1123. It was narrated that 'Āishah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to say when bowing and prostrating: Subḥānakallāhumma, Rabbanā wa biḥamdik. Allāhumma-ghfirlī (Glory be to You O Allāh, Our Lord, and praise. O Allāh, forgive me," following the command of the Qur'ān.[1] (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1122 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللهِ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الضُّحَى، عَنْ مَسْرُوقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ فِي رُكُوعِهِ وَسُجُودِهِ: «سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَبِحَمْدِكَ، اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي» يَتَأَوَّلُ الْقُرْآنَ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1123

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1123

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 65

Another Kind

Hadith 1124

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1124. It was narrated that 'Aishah ﷺ said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to say when bowing and prostrating: 'Subḥānaka Allāhumma, Rabbanā wa biḥamdik. Allāhummaḡfirlī' (Glory be to You O Allāh, Our Lord, and praise. O Allāh, forgive me)' following the command of the Qur'ān."[1] (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1123 - أَخْبَرَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الضُّحَى، عَنْ مَسْرُوقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ فِي رُكُوعِهِ وَسُجُودِهِ: «سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَبِحَمْدِكَ، اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي» يَتَأَوَّلُ الْقُرْآنَ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1124

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1124

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 66

Another Kind

Hadith 1125

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1125. 'Aishah ﷺ said: "I noticed that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was missing from his bed, so I started to look for him, and I thought that he had gone to one of his concubines. Then my hand fell on him when he was prostrating and saying: 'Allāhummaḡfirlī mā asrartu wa mā a'lant' (O Allāh, forgive me for what (sin) I have concealed and what I have done openly)." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1124 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ قُدَامَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ يَسَافٍ، قَالَ: قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ رَضِيَ عَنْهَا: فَقَدْتُ رَسُولَ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ مَضْجَعِهِ فَجَعَلْتُ أَلْتَمِسُهُ، وَظَنَنْتُ أَنَّهُ أَتَى بَعْضَ جَوَارِيهِ، فَوَقَعَتْ يَدِي عَلَيْهِ وَهُوَ سَاجِدٌ وَهُوَ يَقُولُ: «اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي مَا أَسْرَرْتُ وَمَا أَعْلَنْتُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1125

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1125

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1126

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1126. It was narrated that ʾAishah said: "I noticed that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was missing and I thought that he had gone to one of his concubines, so I looked for him and found him prostrating and saying: Rabbighfirlī mā asrartu wa mā aʿlant (Lord forgive me for what (sin) I have concealed and what I have done openly)." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1125 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ يَسَافٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: فَقَدْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَظَنَنْتُ أَنَّهُ أَتَى بَعْضَ جَوَارِيهِ، فَطَلَبْتُهُ فَإِذَا هُوَ سَاجِدٌ يَقُولُ: «رَبِّ اغْفِرْ لِي مَا أَسْرَرْتُ وَمَا أَعْلَنْتُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1126

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1126

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 67

Another Kind

Hadith 1127

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1127. It was narrated from ʾAlī that when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prostrated he would say: "Allāhumma laka sajadtu wa laka aslamtu wa bika āmantu sajada wajhi lilladhī khalaqahu wa sawwarahu fa ahsana šuratahu wa shaqqa samʿahu wa basarahu, tabārak Allāhu ahsanul-khāliqīn" (O Allāh, to You I have prostrated and to You I have submitted, and in You I have believed. My face has prostrated to the One Who created it and shaped it and shaped it well, and brought forth its hearing and sight. Blessed be Allāh the best of creators.) (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1126 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ هُوَ ابْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَمِّي الْمَاجِشُونُ بْنُ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا سَجَدَ يَقُولُ: «اللَّهُمَّ لَكَ سَجَدْتُ، وَلَكَ أَسْلَمْتُ، وَبِكَ آمَنْتُ، سَجَدَ وَجْهِي لِلَّذِي خَلَقَهُ وَصَوَّرَهُ فَأَحْسَنَ صُورَتَهُ وَشَقَّ سَمْعَهُ وَبَصَرَهُ، تَبَارَكَ اللَّهُ أَحْسَنُ الْخَالِقِينَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1127

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1127

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 68

Another Kind

Hadith 1128

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1128. It was narrated from Jābir bin ‘Abdullāh that the Prophet ﷺ used to say when prostrating: “Allāhumma laka sajadtu wa bika āmantu wa laka aslamtu wa anta Rabbī, sajada wajhi lilladhī khalaqahu wa sawwarahu wa shaqqa sam’ahu wa bašarahu, tabārak Allāhu aḥsanul-khāliqīn (O Allāh, to You I have prostrated and in You I have believed and to You I have submitted, and You are my Lord. My face has prostrated to the One Who created it and formed it, and brought forth its hearing and sight. Blessed be Allāh, the best of creators).” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1127 - أَخْبَرَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا أَبُو حَيْوَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعَيْبُ بْنُ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْمُنْكَدِرِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقُولُ فِي سُجُودِهِ: «اللَّهُمَّ لَكَ سَجَدْتُ، وَبِكَ آمَنْتُ، وَلَكَ أَسْلَمْتُ، وَأَنْتَ رَبِّي، سَجَدَ وَجْهِي لِلَّذِي خَلَقَهُ وَصَوَّرَهُ وَشَقَّ سَمْعَهُ وَبَصَرَهُ، تَبَارَكَ اللَّهُ أَحْسَنُ الْخَالِقِينَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1128

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1128

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 69

Another Kind

Hadith 1129

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1129. It was narrated from Muḥammad bin Maslamah that when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ got up to offer voluntary prayers at night, he would say when he prostrated: “Allāhumma laka sajadtu wa bika āmantu wa laka aslamtu, Allāhumma anta Rabbī, sajada wajhi lilladhī khalaqahu wa sawwarahu wa shaqqa sam’ahu wa bašarahu, tabārak Allāhu aḥsanul-khāliqīn (O Allāh, to You I have prostrated and in You I have believed and to You I have submitted. O Allāh, You are my Lord. My face has prostrated to the One Who created it and formed it, and brought forth its hearing and sight. Blessed be Allāh, the best of creators.”) (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1128 - أَخْبَرَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا ابْنُ حِمْيَرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعَيْبُ بْنُ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْمُنْكَدِرِ ـ وَذَكَرَ آخَرَ قَبْلَهُ ـ عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ هُرْمُزَ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مَسْلَمَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا قَامَ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ يُصَلِّي تَطَوُّعًا قَالَ إِذَا سَجَدَ: «اللَّهُمَّ لَكَ سَجَدْتُ، وَبِكَ آمَنْتُ، وَلَكَ أَسْلَمْتُ، اللَّهُمَّ أَنْتَ رَبِّي، سَجَدَ وَجْهِي لِلَّذِي خَلَقَهُ وَصَوَّرَهُ وَشَقَّ سَمْعَهُ وَبَصَرَهُ، تَبَارَكَ اللَّهُ أَحْسَنُ الْخَالِقِينَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1129

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1129

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 70

Another Kind

Hadith 1130

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1130. It was narrated from ‘Aishah that the Prophet ﷺ used to say, when he did a prostration that was required when reciting Qur’ān at night: “Sajada wajhi lilladhi khalaqahu wa sawwarahu wa shaqqa sam’ahu wa basarahu bihawlihi wa quwwatih (My face has prostrated to the One Who created it and formed it, and brought forth its hearing and sight by His power and strength.)” (Da’if)

Arabic text

1129 - أَخْبَرَنَا سَوَّارُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَوَّارٍ الْقَاضِي، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْوَهَّابِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنْ أَبِي الْعَالِيَةِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقُولُ فِي سُجُودِ الْقُرْآنِ بِاللَّيْلِ: «سَجَدَ وَجْهِي لِلَّذِي خَلَقَهُ، وَشَقَّ سَمْعَهُ وَبَصَرَهُ بِحَوْلِهِ وَقُوَّتِهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1130

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1130

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 71

Another Kind

Hadith 1131

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1131. It was narrated that ‘Aishah said: “I noticed the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was missing one night and I found him prostrating with the tops of his feet facing toward the Qiblah. I heard him saying: ‘A’ūduhu biridāka min sakhaṭika, wa a’ūduhu bimu’āfatika min uqūbatika wa a’ūduhu bika minka lā uḥṣi thanā’an ‘alaika anta kamā athnaita ‘ala nafṣik (I seek refuge in Your pleasure from Your wrath; I seek refuge in Your forgiveness from Your punishment; I seek refuge in You from You. I cannot praise You enough, You are as You have praised Yourself.”) (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1130 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: فَقَدْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ فَوَجَدْتُهُ وَهُوَ سَاجِدٌ وَصُدُورُ قَدَمَيْهِ نَحْوَ الْقِبْلَةِ، فَسَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ: «أَعُوذُ بِرِضَاكَ مِنْ سَخَطِكَ، وَأَعُوذُ بِمُعَافَاتِكَ مِنْ عُقُوبَتِكَ، وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْكَ، لَا أُحْصِي ثَنَاءً عَلَيْكَ أَنَتْ كَمَا أَثْنَيْتَ عَلَى نَفْسِكَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1131

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1131

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 72

Another Kind

Hadith 1132

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1132. It was narrated that ‘Aishah said: “I noticed that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was missing one night, and I thought he had gone to one of his other wives. I tried to feel for him, and I found him bowing or prostrating and saying: ‘Subhānak Allāhumma wa biḥamdika lā ilāha illā ant’ (Glory and praise be to You, O Allāh, there is none worthy of worship but You).” She said: “May my father and mother be ransomed for you. I thought you were doing one thing and you were doing something else altogether.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1131 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ الْمِصِّيصِيُّ الْمِقْسَمِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجٌ، عَنْ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي ابْنُ أَبِي مُلَيْكَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: فَقَدْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ فَظَنَنْتُ أَنَّهُ ذَهَبَ إِلَى بَعْضِ نِسَائِهِ، فَتَحَسَّسْتُهُ فَإِذَا هُوَ رَاكِعٌ أَوْ سَاجِدٌ، يَقُولُ: «سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ وَبِحَمْدِكَ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا أَنْتَ»، فَقَالَتْ: بِأَبِي أَنْتَ وَأُمِّي إِنِّي لَفِي شَأْنٍ، وَإِنَّكَ لَفِي آخَرَ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1132

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1132

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 73

Another Kind

Hadith 1133

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1133. ‘Awf bin Mâlik said: “I prayed Qiyâm with the Prophet ﷺ. He started by using the Sûwak and performing Wudû, then he stood and prayed. He started reciting Al-Baqarah and he did not come to any verse that spoke of mercy but he paused and asked for mercy, and he did not come to any verse that spoke of punishment but he paused (and sought refuge with Allâh from that). Then he bowed and he stayed bowing for as long as he had stood, and he said while bowing: ‘Subhâna Dhil-jabarût wal-malakût wal-kibriyâ’ wal-‘azamah (Glory be to the One Who has all power, sovereignty, magnificence and might).’ Then he prostrated for as long as he had bowed, saying while prostrating: ‘Subhâna Dhil-jabarût wal-malakût wal-kibriyâ’ wal-‘azamah (Glory be to the One Who has all power, sovereignty, magnificence and might).’ Then he recited Âl ‘Imrân, then another Sûrah and another, doing that each time.” (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1132 - أَخْبَرَنِي هَارُونُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ سَوَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا لَيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ قَيْسٍ الْكِنْدِيِّ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ عَاصِمَ بْنَ حُمَيْدٍ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ عَوْفَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ يَقُولُ: قُمْتُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَبَدَأَ فَاسْتَاكَ وَتَوَضَّأَ، ثُمَّ قَامَ فَصَلَّى فَبَدَأَ فَاسْتَفْتَحَ مِنَ الْبَقَرَةِ، لَا يَمُرُّ بِآيَةِ رَحْمَةٍ إِلَّا وَقَفَ وَسَأَلَ، وَلَا يَمُرُّ بِآيَةِ عَذَابٍ إِلَّا وَقَفَ يَتَعَوَّذُ، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ فَمَكَثَ رَاكِعًا بِقَدْرِ قِيَامِهِ، يَقُولُ فِي رُكُوعِهِ: «سُبْحَانَ ذِي الْجَبَرُوتِ وَالْمَلَكُوتِ وَالْكِبْرِيَاءِ وَالْعَظَمَةِ»، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ بِقَدْرِ رُكُوعِهِ يَقُولُ فِي سُجُودِهِ: «سُبْحَانَ ذِي الْجَبَرُوتِ وَالْمَلَكُوتِ وَالْكِبْرِيَاءِ وَالْعَظَمَةِ»، ثُمَّ قَرَأَ آلَ عِمْرَانَ، ثُمَّ سُورَةً، ثُمَّ سُورَةً، فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1133

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1133

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 74

Another Kind

Hadith 1134

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1134. It was narrated that Ḥudhaifah said: “I prayed with the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ one night. He started reciting Sûrat Al-Baqarah and he recited one hundred verses, then did not bow, rather he continued. I thought: ‘He will complete it in two Rak'ahs, but he continued.' I thought: 'He will complete it and then bow,' but he continued, until he recited Sūrat An-Nisā', then Āl 'Imrān. Then he bowed for almost as long as he had stood, saying while bowing: 'Subḥān Rabbīal-'azīm, Subḥān Rabbīal-'azīm, Subḥān Rabbīal-'azīm (Glory be to my Lord Almighty, Glory be to my Lord Almighty, Glory be to my Lord Almighty).' Then he raised his head and said: 'Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh hears the one who praises Him). Then he prostrated and made his prostration lengthy, saying: "Subḥān Rabbīal-A'la, Subḥān Rabbīal-A'la, Subḥān Rabbīal-A'la (Glory be to my Lord Most High, Glory be to my Lord Most High, Glory be to my Lord Most High). And he did not come to any verse that spoke of fear or of glorifying Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, but he said something appropriate." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1133 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ عُبَيْدَةَ، عَنْ الْمُسْتَوْرِدِ بْنِ الْأَحْنَفِ، عَنْ صِلَةَ بْنِ زُفَرَ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ فَاسْتَفْتَحَ بِسُورَةِ الْبَقَرَةِ، فَقَرَأَ بِمِائَةِ آيَةٍ لَمْ يَرْكَعْ، فَمَضَى قُلْتُ: يَخْتِمُهَا فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ، فَمَضَى قُلْتُ: يَخْتِمُهَا ثُمَّ يَرْكَعُ، فَمَضَى حَتَّى قَرَأَ سُورَةَ النِّسَاءِ، ثُمَّ قَرَأَ سُورَةَ آلِ عِمْرَانَ، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ نَحْوًا مِنْ قِيَامِهِ يَقُولُ فِي رُكُوعِهِ: «سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْعَظِيمِ، سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْعَظِيمِ، سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْعَظِيمِ»، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ فَقَالَ: «سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ» وَأَطَالَ الْقِيَامَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ فَأَطَالَ السُّجُودَ يَقُولُ فِي سُجُودِهِ: «سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْأَعْلَى، سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْأَعْلَى، سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْأَعْلَى» لَا يَمُرُّ بِآيَةِ تَخْوِيفٍ أَوْ تَعْظِيمٍ لِلَّهِ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ إِلَّا ذَكَرَهُ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1134

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1134

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 75

Another Kind

Hadith 1135

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1135. It was narrated that 'Āishah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said when bowing and prostrating: 'Subḥūhun Quddūsun Rabbul-malā'ikati war-rūḥ (Perfect, Most Holy, Lord of the Angels and the Spirit)." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1134 - أَخْبَرَنَا بُنْدَارٌ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانُ، وَابْنُ أَبِي عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ مُطَرِّفٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ فِي رُكُوعِهِ وَسُجُودِهِ: «سُبُّوحٌ قُدُّوسٌ رَبُّ الْمَلَائِكَةِ وَالرُّوحِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1135

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1135

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 76

The Number Of Tasbīḥs In Prostration

Hadith 1136

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1136. Anas bin Milik said: "I have never seen anyone whose prayer more closely resembles the prayer of the Messenger of All* g than this young man - meaning 'Umar bin 'Abdul-'A&. And we estimated that when bowing he said the Tasbih t e n times and when prostrating he said the Tasbih ten times." (&an)

Arabic text

1135 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ عُمَرَ بْنِ كَيْسَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ وَهْبِ بْنِ مَانُوسَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ سَعِيدَ بْنَ جُبَيْرٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ يَقُولُ: مَا رَأَيْتُ أَحَدًا أَشْبَهَ صَلَاةً بِصَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ هَذَا الْفَتَى يَعْنِي عُمَرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ فَحَزَرْنَا «فِي رُكُوعِهِ عَشْرَ تَسْبِيحَاتٍ، وَفِي سُجُودِهِ عَشْرَ تَسْبِيحَاتٍ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1136

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1136

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 77

ConcessionAllowing One Not To Recite AStatement Of RemembranceWhile Prostrating

Hadith 1137

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1137. It was narrated that Rifā'ah bin Rāfi' said: "While the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was sitting with us around him, a man came in, turned toward the Qiblah and prayed. When he had finished his prayer, he came and greeted the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and the people with Salām. The Messenger of Allāh ﷻ said to him: 'And also to you. Go and pray, for you have not prayed.' So he went and prayed, and the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ started watching him, and he (the man) did not know what was wrong with it. When he had finished his prayer, he came and greeted the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and the people with Salām. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said to him: 'And also to you. Go and pray, for you have not prayed.' He repeated it two or three times, then the man said: 'O Messenger of Allāh, what is wrong with my prayer?' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'The prayer of any one of you is not complete unless he performs Wudū' properly as enjoined by Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime. So he should wash his face, his arms up to the elbows, and wipe his head, and (wash) his feet up to the ankles. Then he should magnify Allāh and praise Him and glorify Him.'" - (One of the narrators) Hammâm said: "I heard him say: 'He should praise Allāh and glorify Him and magnify Him.' He said: "I heard both of them." - "He (the Prophet ﷺ) said: 'He should recite whatever is easy for him of the Qur'ān that Allāh has taught him and permitted him in it (the prayer). Then he should say the Takbīr and bow until his joints settle and he is relaxed. Then he should say: "Samiʿ Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh heard the one who praises Him)" and stand up straight until his backbone is straight (and at ease). Then he should say Takbīr and prostrate until he has placed his face firmly on the ground.” “I heard him say: his forehead, until his joints settle and he is relaxed. Then he should say the Takbīr and sit up until his backbone is straight (and at ease). Then he should prostrate until he has placed his face firmly on the ground and he is relaxed. If he does not do that then he has not completed his prayer.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1136 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ الْمُقْرِئُ أَبُو يَحْيَى بِمَكَّةَ وَهُوَ بَصْرِيٌّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هَمَّامٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ، أَنَّ عَلِيَّ بْنَ يَحْيَى بْنِ خَلَّادِ بْنِ مَالِكِ بْنِ رَافِعِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ حَدَّثَهُ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ رِفَاعَةَ بْنِ رَافِعٍ قَالَ: بَيْنَمَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَالِسٌ وَنَحْنُ حَوْلَهُ إِذْ دَخَلَ رَجُلٌ فَأَتَى الْقِبْلَةَ فَصَلَّى، فَلَمَّا قَضَى صَلَاتَهُ جَاءَ فَسَلَّمَ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَعَلَى الْقَوْمِ، فَقَالَ لَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «وَعَلَيْكَ، اذْهَبْ فَصَلِّ فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ»، فَذَهَبَ فَصَلَّى فَجَعَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَرْمُقُ صَلَاتَهُ، وَلَا يَدْرِي مَا يَعِيبُ مِنْهَا، فَلَمَّا قَضَى صَلَاتَهُ جَاءَ فَسَلَّمَ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَعَلَى الْقَوْمِ، فَقَالَ لَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «وَعَلَيْكَ، اذْهَبْ فَصَلِّ فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ»، فَأَعَادَهَا مَرَّتَيْنِ أَوْ ثَلَاثًا، فَقَالَ الرَّجُلُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، مَا عِبْتَ مِنْ صَلَاتِي؟ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّهَا لَمْ تَتِمَّ صَلَاةُ أَحَدِكُمْ حَتَّى يُسْبِغَ الْوُضُوءَ كَمَا أَمَرَهُ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ، فَيَغْسِلَ وَجْهَهُ وَيَدَيْهِ إِلَى الْمِرْفَقَيْنِ، وَيَمْسَحَ بِرَأْسِهِ وَرِجْلَيْهِ إِلَى الْكَعْبَيْنِ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرَ اللَّهَ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ وَيَحْمَدَهُ وَيُمَجِّدَهُ» ـ قَالَ هَمَّامٌ: وَسَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ: «وَيَحْمَدَ اللَّهَ، وَيُمَجِّدَهُ، وَيُكَبِّرَهُ» قَالَ: فَكِلَاهُمَا قَدْ سَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ ـ قَالَ: " وَيَقْرَأَ مَا تَيَسَّرَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ مِمَّا عَلَّمَهُ اللَّهُ وَأَذِنَ لَهُ فِيهِ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرَ وَيَرْكَعَ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ مَفَاصِلُهُ وَتَسْتَرْخِيَ، ثُمَّ يَقُولَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، ثُمَّ يَسْتَوِيَ قَائِمًا حَتَّى يُقِيمَ صُلْبَهُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرَ وَيَسْجُدَ حَتَّى يُمَكِّنَ وَجْهَهُ "، وَقَدْ سَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ: «جَبْهَتَهُ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ مَفَاصِلُهُ، وَتَسْتَرْخِيَ، وَيُكَبِّرَ فَيَرْفَعَ حَتَّى يَسْتَوِيَ قَاعِدًا عَلَى مَقْعَدَتِهِ وَيُقِيمَ صُلْبَهُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرَ فَيَسْجُدَ حَتَّى يُمَكِّنَ وَجْهَهُ وَيَسْتَرْخِيَ، فَإِذَا لَمْ يَفْعَلْ هَكَذَا لَمْ تَتِمَّ صَلَاتُهُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1137

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1137

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 78

When Is A Person Closest To Allāh The Mighty And Sublime?

Hadith 1138

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1138. It was narrated from Abū Hurairah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “The closest that a person can be to his Lord, the Mighty and Sublime, is when he is prostrating, so increase in supplication then.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1137 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ غَزِيَّةَ، عَنْ سُمَيٍّ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَبَا صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «أَقْرَبُ مَا يَكُونُ الْعَبْدُ مِنْ رَبِّهِ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ وَهُوَ سَاجِدٌ فَأَكْثِرُوا الدُّعَاءَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1138

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1138

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 79

The Virtue Of Prostration

Hadith 1139

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1139. Rabīʿah bin Kaʿb Al-Aslamī said: "I used to bring to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ water for Wudūʿ and serve him. He said: 'Ask of me.' I said: 'I want to be with you in Paradise.' He said: 'Is there anything else?' I said: 'That is all.' He said: 'Help me to fulfil your wish by prostrating a great deal.'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1138 - أَخْبَرَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، عَنْ هِقْلِ بْنِ زِيَادٍ الدِّمَشْقِيِّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي رَبِيعَةُ بْنُ كَعْبٍ الْأَسْلَمِيُّ قَالَ: كُنْتُ آتِي رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِوَضُوئِهِ وَبِحَاجَتِهِ، فَقَالَ: «سَلْنِي»، قُلْتُ: مُرَافَقَتَكَ فِي الْجَنَّةِ، قَالَ: «أَوَ غَيْرَ ذَلِكَ»، قُلْتُ: هُوَ ذَاكَ، قَالَ: «فَأَعِنِّي عَلَى نَفْسِكَ بِكَثْرَةِ السُّجُودِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1139

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1139

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 80

The Reward Of The One Who Prostrates To Allāh, The Mighty And Sublime

Hadith 1140

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1140. Maʿdān bin Talḥah Al-Yaʿmurī said: "I met Thawbān, the freed slave of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and said: 'Tell me of an action that will benefit me or gain me admittance to Paradise.' He remained silent for a while, then he turned to me and said: 'You should prostrate, because I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "There is no one who prostrates once to Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, except that Allāh will raise him one degree in status thereby, and erase one sin thereby.” Ma’dān said: “Then I met Abū Ad-Dardā’ and asked him the same question I had asked Thawbān.” He said to me: You should prostrate, for I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: “There is no one who prostrates once to Allāh, but Allāh will raise him one degree in status thereby, and erase one sin thereby.” (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1139 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو عَمَّارٍ الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ حُرَيْثٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ الْمُعَيْطِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مَعْدَانُ بْنُ طَلْحَةَ الْيَعْمُرِيُّ، قَالَ: لَقِيتُ ثَوْبَانَ مَوْلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقُلْتُ: دُلَّنِي عَلَى عَمَلٍ يَنْفَعُنِي، أَوْ يُدْخِلُنِي الْجَنَّةَ، فَسَكَتَ عَنِّي مَلِيًّا، ثُمَّ الْتَفَتَ إِلَيَّ فَقَالَ: عَلَيْكَ بِالسُّجُودِ، فَإِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «مَا مِنْ عَبْدٍ يَسْجُدُ لِلَّهِ سَجْدَةً إِلَّا رَفَعَهُ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ بِهَا دَرَجَةً، وَحَطَّ عَنْهُ بِهَا خَطِيئَةً» قَالَ مَعْدَانُ: ثُمَّ لَقِيتُ أَبَا الدَّرْدَاءِ، فَسَأَلْتُهُ عَمَّا سَأَلْتُ عَنْهُ ثَوْبَانَ، فَقَالَ لِي: عَلَيْكَ بِالسُّجُودِ، فَإِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «مَا مِنْ عَبْدٍ يَسْجُدُ لِلَّهِ سَجْدَةً إِلَّا رَفَعَهُ اللَّهُ بِهَا دَرَجَةً، وَحَطَّ عَنْهُ بِهَا خَطِيئَةً»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1140

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1140

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 81

The Place Of Prostration

Hadith 1141

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1141. It was narrated that ‘Aṭa’ bin Yazīd said: “I was sitting with Abū Hurairah and Abū Sa’eed. One of them narrated the Hadīth about intercession and the other was listening. He said: ‘Then the angels will come and intercede, and the messengers will intercede.’ And he mentioned the Sīrāt, and said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘I will be the first one to cross it, and when Allāh has finished passing judgment among His creation, and has brought forth from the Fire those whom He wants to bring forth, Allāh will command the angels and the messengers to intercede, and they will be recognized by their signs, for the Fire will consume all of the son of Ādam apart from the place of prostration. Then the water of life will be poured on them, and they will grow like seeds on the banks of a rainwater stream.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1140 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ لُوَيْنٌ بِالْمَصِّيْصَةِ، عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، وَالنُّعْمَانُ بْنُ رَاشِدٍ، عَنْ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، قَالَ: كُنْتُ جَالِسًا إِلَى أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَأَبِي سَعِيدٍ فَحَدَّثَ أَحَدُهُمَا حَدِيثَ الشَّفَاعَةِ وَالْآخَرُ مُنْصِتٌ، قَالَ: فَتَأْتِي الْمَلَائِكَةُ فَتَشْفَعُ وَتَشْفَعُ الرُّسُلُ وَذَكَرَ الصِّرَاطَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «فَأَكُونُ أَوَّلَ مَنْ يُجِيزُ، فَإِذَا فَرَغَ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ مِنَ الْقَضَاءِ بَيْنَ خَلْقِهِ وَأَخْرَجَ مِنَ النَّارِ مَنْ يُرِيدُ أَنْ يُخْرِجَ أَمَرَ اللَّهُ الْمَلَائِكَةَ وَالرُّسُلَ أَنْ تَشْفَعَ، فَيُعْرَفُونَ بِعَلَامَاتِهِمْ إِنَّ النَّارَ تَأْكُلُ كُلَّ شَيْءٍ مِنَ ابْنِ آدَمَ إِلَّا مَوْضِعَ السُّجُودِ، فَيُصَبُّ عَلَيْهِمْ مِنْ مَاءِ الْجَنَّةِ فَيَنْبُتُونَ كَمَا تَنْبُتُ الْحِبَّةُ فِي حَمِيلِ السَّيْلِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1141

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1141

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 82

Is It Permissible To Make One Prostration Longer Than The Other?

Hadith 1142

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1142. It was narrated from ‘Abdullâh bin Shaddâd, that his father said: “The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ came out to us for one of the nighttime prayers, and he was carrying Hasan or Husain. The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ came forward and put him down, then he said the Takbîr and started to pray. He prostrated during his prayer, and made the prostration lengthy.” My father said: “I raised my head and saw the child on the back of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ while he was prostrating, so I went back to my prostration. When the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ finished praying, the people said: ‘O Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, you prostrated during the prayer for so long that we thought that something had happened or that you were receiving Revelation.’ He said: ‘No such thing happened. But my son was riding on my back and I did not like to disturb him until he had enough.’” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1141 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سَلَّامٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا جَرِيرُ بْنُ حَازِمٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبِي يَعْقُوبَ الْبَصْرِيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ شَدَّادٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ قَالَ: خَرَجَ عَلَيْنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي إِحْدَى صَلَاتَيِ الْعِشَاءِ وَهُوَ حَامِلٌ حَسَنًا أَوْ حُسَيْنًا، فَتَقَدَّمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَوَضَعَهُ، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ لِلصَّلَاةِ فَصَلَّى فَسَجَدَ بَيْنَ ظَهْرَانَيْ صَلَاتِهِ سَجْدَةً أَطَالَهَا، قَالَ أَبِي: فَرَفَعْتُ رَأْسِي وَإِذَا الصَّبِيُّ عَلَى ظَهْرِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَهُوَ سَاجِدٌ فَرَجَعْتُ إِلَى سُجُودِي، فَلَمَّا قَضَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الصَّلَاةَ قَالَ النَّاسُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنَّكَ سَجَدْتَ بَيْنَ ظَهْرَانَيْ صَلَاتِكَ سَجْدَةً أَطَلْتَهَا حَتَّى ظَنَنَّا أَنَّهُ قَدْ حَدَثَ أَمْرٌ أَوْ أَنَّهُ يُوحَى إِلَيْكَ، قَالَ: «كُلُّ ذَلِكَ لَمْ يَكُنْ وَلَكِنَّ ابْنِي ارْتَحَلَنِي فَكَرِهْتُ أَنْ أُعَجِّلَهُ حَتَّى يَقْضِيَ حَاجَتَهُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1142

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1142

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 83

The Takbīr When Sitting Up From Prostration

Hadith 1143

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1143. It was narrated from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Al-Aswad from his father - and 'Alqamah - that 'Abdullāh said: "I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say the Takbīr every time he went down and got up, or stood or sat; he said the Salām on his right and his left: 'As-salāmu 'alaykum wa raḥmatullāh (Peace be upon you and the mercy of Allāh),' until the whiteness of his cheek could be seen." He said: "And I saw Abū Bakr and 'Umar, may Allāh be pleased with them both, doing the same." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1142 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا الْفَضْلُ بْنُ دُكَيْنٍ، وَيَحْيَى بْنُ آدَمَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، وَعَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: " رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُكَبِّرُ فِي كُلِّ خَفْضٍ وَرَفْعٍ وَقِيَامٍ وَقُعُودٍ، وَيُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَعَنْ شِمَالِهِ: السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ حَتَّى يُرَى بَيَاضُ خَدِّهِ "، قَالَ: وَرَأَيْتُ أَبَا بَكْرٍ وَعُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا يَفْعَلَانِ ذَلِكَ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1143

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1143

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 84

Raising The Hands When Rising From The First Prostration

Hadith 1144

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1144. It was narrated from Mālik bin Al-Huwaīrith that when the Prophet of Allāh ﷺ started to pray, he raised his hands, and when he bowed he did likewise, and when he raised his head from bowing he did likewise, and when he raised his head from prostration, he did likewise, meaning he raised his hands. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1143 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاذُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ نَصْرِ بْنِ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ الْحُوَيْرِثِ، «أَنَّ نَبِيَّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا دَخَلَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ السُّجُودِ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ كُلَّهُ» يَعْنِي: رَفْعَ يَدَيْهِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1144

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1144

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 85

Not Doing That Between The Two Prostrations

Hadith 1145

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1145. It was narrated from Sâlim that his father said: "When the Prophet ﷺ started to pray he said the Takbîr and raised his hands, and when he bowed, and after bowing, but he did not raise them between the two prostrations." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1144 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا افْتَتَحَ الصَّلَاةَ كَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ، وَبَعْدَ الرُّكُوعِ، وَلَا يَرْفَعُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1145

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1145

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 86

The Supplication Between The Two Prostrations

Hadith 1146

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1146. A man from (the tribe of) 'Abs narrated from Hudhaifah that he came to the Prophet ﷺ and stood by his side, and he said: "Allâhu Akbar Dhul-malakût wal-jabarût wal-kibriyâ' wal-'azamah (Allâh is Most Great, the One Who has all sovereignty, power, magnificence and might)." Then he recited Al-Baqarah, then he bowed, and his bowing lasted almost as long as his standing, and he said when bowing: "Subḥâna Rabbial- ‘azīm, Subhāna Rabbīal-‘azīm (Glory be to my Lord Almighty, Glory be to my Lord Almighty).” When he raised his head he said: “Li Rabbīal-ḥamd, Li Rabbīal-ḥamd (To my Lord be praise, to my Lord be praise).” And when he prostrated he said: “Subhāna Rabbīal-A‘lā, Subhāna Rabbīal-A‘lā (Glory be to my Lord Most High, glory be to my Lord Most High).” And between the two prostrations he would say: “Rabbīghfirlī, Rabbīghfirlī (Lord forgive me, Lord forgive me).” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1145 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ سَمِعَهُ يُحَدِّثُ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ مِنْ عَبْسٍ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ، أَنَّهُ انْتَهَى إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَامَ إِلَى جَنْبِهِ، فَقَالَ: «اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ ذُو الْمَلَكُوتِ وَالْجَبَرُوتِ وَالْكِبْرِيَاءِ وَالْعَظَمَةِ»، ثُمَّ قَرَأَ بِالْبَقَرَةِ، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ فَكَانَ رُكُوعُهُ نَحْوًا مِنْ قِيَامِهِ، فَقَالَ فِي رُكُوعِهِ: «سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْعَظِيمِ، سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْعَظِيمِ»، وَقَالَ حِينَ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ: «لِرَبِّيَ الْحَمْدُ، لِرَبِّيَ الْحَمْدُ»، وَكَانَ يَقُولُ فِي سُجُودِهِ: «سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْأَعْلَى، سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْأَعْلَى»، وَكَانَ يَقُولُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ: «رَبِّ اغْفِرْ لِي، رَبِّ اغْفِرْ لِي»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1146

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1146

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 87

Raising The Hands (Near) The Face Between The Two Prostrations

Hadith 1147

DarussalamDa‘ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1147. An-Naḍr bin Kathīr Abū Saḥl Al-Azḍī said: “Abdullāh bin Tāwūs prayed beside me at Mina, in Masjid Al-Khaif, and when he made the first prostration he raised his head and raised his hands up to his face. I found that strange and I said to Wuhaib bin Khālid: ‘This man does something that I have never seen anyone do.’ Wuhaib said to him: ‘You do something that I have never seen anyone do.’ Abdullāh bin Tāwūs said: ‘I saw my father do it, and my father said: ‘I saw Ibn ‘Abbās do it, and ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Abbās said: ‘I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ doing it.’”[1] (Da‘if)

Arabic text

1146 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُوسَى الْبَصْرِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا النَّضْرُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ أَبُو سَهْلٍ الْأَزْدِيُّ، قَالَ: صَلَّى إِلَى جَنْبِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ طَاوُسٍ بِمِنًى فِي مَسْجِدِ الْخَيْفِ، فَكَانَ «إِذَا سَجَدَ السَّجْدَةَ الْأُولَى فَرَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنْهَا، رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ تِلْقَاءَ وَجْهِهِ» فَأَنْكَرْتُ أَنَا ذَلِكَ، فَقُلْتُ لِوُهَيْبِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ: إِنَّ هَذَا يَصْنَعُ شَيْئًا لَمْ أَرَ أَحَدًا يَصْنَعُهُ، فَقَالَ لَهُ وَهَيْبٌ: تَصْنَعُ شَيْئًا لَمْ نَرَ أَحَدًا يَصْنَعُهُ، فَقَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ طَاوُسٍ: رَأَيْتُ أَبِي يَصْنَعُهُ، وَقَالَ أَبِي: رَأَيْتُ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ يَصْنَعُهُ، وَقَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبَّاسٍ: رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَصْنَعُهُ

Footnotes

1 [1] The meaning of “to his face” is interpreted, by those who consider it authentic, to merely mean he raised his hands with the Takbīr. See ‘Awn Al-Ma‘būd. (Abū Dāwūd No. 740.)

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1147

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1147

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 88

How To Sit Between The Two Prostrations

Hadith 1148

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1148. It wasnarrated thatMaimDnah said: "When the Messenger of Allih @ prostrated he would hold his arms out to his sides, so that the whiteness of his armpits could be seen from behind. And when he sat he rested on his left thigh." (Sa!zi!a)

Arabic text

1147 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ دُحَيْمٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَرْوَانُ بْنُ مُعَاوِيَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْأَصَمِّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي يَزِيدُ بْنُ الْأَصَمِّ، عَنْ مَيْمُونَةَ قَالَتْ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا سَجَدَ خَوَّى بِيَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُرَى وَضَحَ إِبْطَيْهِ مِنْ وَرَائِهِ، وَإِذَا قَعَدَ اطْمَأَنَّ عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُسْرَى»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1148

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1148

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 89

How Long One Should Sit Between The Two Prostrations

Hadith 1149

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1149. It was narrated that Al-Barâ' said: "In the prayer of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, his bowing, prostration, standing after he has raised his head from bowing and (sitting) between the two prostrations, were almost the same." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1148 - أَخْبَرَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ أَبُو قُدَامَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي الْحَكَمُ، عَنْ ابْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ الْبَرَاءِ قَالَ: «كَانَ صَلَاةُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رُكُوعُهُ وَسُجُودُهُ وَقِيَامُهُ بَعْدَ مَا يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ وَبَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ قَرِيبًا مِنَ السَّوَاءِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1149

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1149

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 90

The Takbīr For The Prostration

Hadith 1150

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1150. It was narrated that 'Abdullāh said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to say the Takbīr every time he got up, went down, stood and sat. Abū Bakr, 'Umar and 'Uthmān (did likewise)." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1149 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ الْأَسْوَدِ، وَعَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُكَبِّرُ فِي كُلِّ رَفْعٍ، وَوَضْعٍ وَقِيَامٍ وَقُعُودٍ»، وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ، وَعُمَرُ، وَعُثْمَانُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمْ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1150

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1150

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1151

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1151. Abū Hurairah said: "When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood to pray, he said the Takbīr, when he (started), then he said the Takbīr when he bowed, then he said: 'Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh hears those who praise Him)', when he stood up from bowing. Then he said when he was standing: 'Rabbana lakal-ḥamd.' Then he said the Takbīr when he went down in prostration, then he said the Takbīr when he raised his head, then he said the Takbīr when he prostrated, then he said the Takbīr when he raised his head, and he did that throughout the entire prayer until he finished it, and he said the Takbīr when he stood up after the first two Rak'ahs, after sitting." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1150 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُجَيْنٌ وَهُوَ ابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا لَيْثٌ، عَنْ عُقَيْلٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ بْنِ هِشَامٍ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ يَقُولُ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَقُومُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَرْكَعُ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: «سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ» حِينَ يَرْفَعُ صُلْبَهُ مِنَ الرَّكْعَةِ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ وَهُوَ قَائِمٌ: «رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ»، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَهْوِي سَاجِدًا، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَسْجُدُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَرْفَعُ رَأَسَهُ، ثُمَّ يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ كُلِّهَا حَتَّى يَقْضِيَهَا، وَيُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَقُومُ مِنَ الثِّنْتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الْجُلُوسِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1151

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1151

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 91

Settling In A Seated Position After Rising From The Two Prostrations

Hadith 1152

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1152. It was narrated that Abî Qilâbah said: "Abû Sulaimân Mâlik bin Al-Huwaîrith came to our Masjid and said: 'I want to show you how I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ pray.'" He said: "He sat during the first Rak'ah when he raised his head from the second prostration." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1151 - أَخْبَرَنَا زِيَادُ بْنُ أَيُّوبَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَعِيلُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، قَالَ: جَاءَنَا أَبُو سُلَيْمَانَ مَالِكُ بْنُ الْحُوَيْرِثِ إِلَى مَسْجِدِنَا فَقَالَ: أُرِيدُ أَنْ أُرِيَكُمْ كَيْفَ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي قَالَ: «فَقَعَدَ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الْأُولَى حِينَ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ السَّجْدَةِ الْآخِرَةِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1152

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1152

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1153

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1153. It was narrated that Mâlik bin Al-Huwaîrith said: "I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ pray, and when he was in an odd-numbered Rak'ah, he did not get up until he had settled in a sitting position." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1152 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ الْحُوَيْرِثِ قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي فَإِذَا كَانَ فِي وَتْرٍ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ لَمْ يَنْهَضْ حَتَّى يَسْتَوِيَ جَالِسًا»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1153

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1153

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 92

Supporting Oneself On The Ground When Getting Up

Hadith 1154

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1154. It was narrated that Abū Qilābah said: “Mālik bin Al-Huwaīrīth used to come to us and say: ‘Shall I not tell you about the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ?’ He was praying at a time other than the time of prayer, and when he raised his head from the second prostration in the first Rakʿah, he settled in a seated position, then he stood up, and he supported himself on the ground (while doing so).” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1153 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، قَالَ: كَانَ مَالِكُ بْنُ الْحُوَيْرِثِ يَأْتِينَا فَيَقُولُ: أَلَا أُحَدِّثُكُمْ عَنْ صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَيُصَلِّي فِي غَيْرِ وَقْتِ الصَّلَاةِ «فَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ السَّجْدَةِ الثَّانِيَةِ فِي أَوَّلِ الرَّكْعَةِ اسْتَوَى قَاعِدًا، ثُمَّ قَامَ فَاعْتَمَدَ عَلَى الْأَرْضِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1154

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1154

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 93

Lifting The Hands From The Ground Before The Knees

Hadith 1155

DarussalamDaʿifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1155. It was narrated that Wāʿil bin Huṣr said: “I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, when he prostrated, place his knees on the ground before his hands, and when he got up, he lifted his hands before his knees.” (Daʿif)

Arabic text

1154 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا سَجَدَ وَضَعَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ قَبْلَ يَدَيْهِ، وَإِذَا نَهَضَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ قَبْلَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ»، قَالَ: أَبُو عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ: لَمْ يَقُلْ هَذَا عَنْ شَرِيكٍ غَيْرُ يَزِيدَ بْنِ هَارُونَ وَاللَّهُ تَعَالَى أَعْلَمُ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1155

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1155

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 94

The Takbīr When Getting Up

Hadith 1156

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1156. It was narrated from AbC Salamah that AbC Hurairah used to lead them in prayer, and he said the Takbir when he went down and came up. When he had finished he said: 'By Allilh, I am the one among you whose prayer most closely resembles that of the Messenger of AlGh g."' (Sahih)

Arabic text

1155 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، أَنَّ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، كَانَ يُصَلِّي بِهِمْ فَيُكَبِّرُ كُلَّمَا خَفَضَ وَرَفَعَ، فَإِذَا انْصَرَف قَالَ: «وَاللَّهِ إِنِّي لَأَشْبَهُكُمْ صَلَاةً بِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1156

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1156

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1157

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1157. It was narrated from Abū Bakr bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān and from Abū Salamah bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān that they prayed behind Abū Hurairah, may Allāh be pleased with him, and when he bowed he said the Takbīr, when he raised his head he said: "Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamidah, Rabbanā wa lakal-ḥamd, Then he prostrated and said the Takbīr, then he raised his head and said the Takbīr, then he said the Takbīr when he stood up following that Rak'ah. Then he said: 'By the One in Whose hand is my soul, I am the one among you whose prayer most closely resembles that of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. And this is how he continued to pray until he left this world.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1156 - أَخْبَرَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، وَسَوَّارُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَوَّارٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، عَنْ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، وَعَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، أَنَّهُمَا صَلَّيَا خَلْفَ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، فَلَمَّا رَكَعَ كَبَّرَ، فَلَمَّا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ قَالَ: «سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ»، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ وَكَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ وَكَبَّرَ، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ حِينَ قَامَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَةِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «وَالَّذِي نَفْسِي بِيَدِهِ إِنِّي لَأَقْرَبُكُمْ شَبَهًا بِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَا زَالَتْ هَذِهِ صَلَاتُهُ حَتَّى فَارَقَ الدُّنْيَا» وَاللَّفْظُ لِسَوَّارٍ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1157

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1157

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 95

How To Sit For The First Tashahhud

Hadith 1158

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1158. It was narrated from 'Abdullāh bin 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar that his father said: "One of the Sunnahs of the prayer is to spread your left foot beneath you, and hold your right foot upright." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

١١٥٧ - أَخْبَرَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ ‌يَحْيَى ، عَنِ ‌الْقَاسِمِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «إِنَّ مِنْ سُنَّةِ الصَّلَاةِ أَنْ تُضْجِعَ رِجْلَكَ الْيُسْرَى، وَتَنْصِبَ الْيُمْنَى».

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1158

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1158

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 96

Pointing The ToesToward The Qiblah WhenSitting For The FirstTashahhud

Hadith 1159

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1159. It was narrated from Al-Qāsim who narrated from ‘Abdullāh – he is Ibn ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Umar – that his father (Ibn ‘Umar) said: “One of the Sunnahs of the prayer is to hold the right foot upright and point its toes toward the Qiblah, and to sit on the left foot.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1158 - أَخْبَرَنَا الرَّبِيعُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ دَاوُدَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ بَكْرِ بْنِ مُضَرَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، أَنَّ الْقَاسِمَ حَدَّثَهُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ وَهُوَ ابْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ قَالَ: «مِنْ سُنَّةِ الصَّلَاةِ أَنْ تَنْصِبَ الْقَدَمَ الْيُمْنَى، وَاسْتِقْبَالُهُ بِأَصَابِعِهَا الْقِبْلَةَ وَالْجُلُوسُ عَلَى الْيُسْرَى»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1159

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1159

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 97

Placement Of TheHands When Sitting For TheFirst Tashahhud

Hadith 1160

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1160. It was narrated that Wā'il bin Hujr said: “I came to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and I saw him raising his hands when he started to pray until they were in level with his shoulders, and when he wanted to bow. When he sat following the first two Rak'ahs, he sat on his left foot and held the right foot upright. He placed his right hand on his right thigh and raised his finger for the supplication, and he placed his left hand on his left thigh.” He said: “Then I came the following year and I saw them raising their hands inside their Barānis.”[1] (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1159 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ الْمُقْرِئُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمُ بْنُ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ قَالَ: «أَتَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَرَأَيْتُهُ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ إِذَا افْتَتَحَ الصَّلَاةَ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ، وَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ، وَإِذَا جَلَسَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ أَضْجَعَ الْيُسْرَى وَنَصَبَ الْيُمْنَى، وَوَضَعَ يَدَهُ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُمْنَى، وَنَصَبَ أُصْبُعَهُ لِلدُّعَاءِ، وَوَضَعَ يَدَهُ الْيُسْرَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُسْرَى»، قَالَ: ثُمَّ أَتَيْتُهُمْ مِنْ قَابِلٍ فَرَأَيْتُهُمْ يَرْفَعُونَ أَيْدِيَهُمْ فِي الْبَرَانِسِ

Footnotes

1 [1] Barānis is plural of Burnus, a type of cloak, and that was because of the cold weather.

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1160

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1160

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 98

Where One Should Look While Reciting The Tashahhud

Hadith 1161

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1161. It was narrated from 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar that he saw a man moving the pebbles with his hand while praying. When he finished, 'Abdullāh said to him: "Do not move the pebbles while you are praying, for that is from the Shaitān. Rather do what the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to do." He said: "What did he used to do?" He said: "He would put his right hand on his right thigh, and point with the finger that is next to the thumb toward the Qiblah, and he would look at it, or thereabouts." Then he said: "This is what I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ doing." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1160 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَعِيلُ وَهُوَ ابْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ مُسْلِمِ بْنِ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْمُعَاوِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّهُ رَأَى رَجُلًا يُحَرِّكُ الْحَصَى بِيَدِهِ وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ، قَالَ لَهُ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ: لَا تُحَرِّكِ الْحَصَى وَأَنْتَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ فَإِنَّ ذَلِكَ مِنَ الشَّيْطَانِ، وَلَكِنِ اصْنَعْ كَمَا كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَصْنَعُ، قَالَ: وَكَيْفَ كَانَ يَصْنَعُ؟ قَالَ: فَوَضَعَ يَدَهُ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُمْنَى، وَأَشَارَ بِأُصْبُعِهِ الَّتِي تَلِي الْإِبْهَامَ فِي الْقِبْلَةِ، وَرَمَى بِبَصَرِهِ إِلَيْهَا أَوْ نَحْوِهَا، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «هَكَذَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَصْنَعُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1161

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1161

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 99

Pointing With The Finger During The First Tashahhud

Hadith 1162

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1162. 'Āmir bin 'Abdullāh bin Az-Zubair narrated that his father said: "When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sat in the second or fourth Rak'ah, he would place his hands on his knees and point with his finger." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1161 - أَخْبَرَنَا زَكَرِيَّا بْنُ يَحْيَى السِّجْزِيُّ، يُعْرَفُ بِخَيَّاطِ السُّنَّةِ نَزَلَ بِدِمَشْقَ أَحَدُ الثِّقَاتِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عِيسَى، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَخْرَمَةُ بْنُ بُكَيْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَامِرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا جَلَسَ فِي الثِّنْتَيْنِ أَوْ فِي الْأَرْبَعِ يَضَعُ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ، ثُمَّ أَشَارَ بِأُصْبُعِهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1162

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1162

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 100

What Is Said In The First Tashahhud

Hadith 1163

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1163. It was narrated that 'Abdullāh said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ taught us to say when we sat following two Rak'ahs: 'At-taḥīyyātu lillāhi waṣ-ṣalawātu waṭ-tayyibāt, as-salāmu 'alaika ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa raḥmat-Allāhi wa barakātuhu. As-salāmu 'alaina wa 'ala 'ibâd illâhis-ṣâliḥîn, ashḥadu an lâ ilâha ill-Allâh wa ashḥadu anna Muḥammadan 'abduhu wa rasûluhu (All compliments, prayers and pure words are due to Allâh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allâh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allâh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped except Allâh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger).'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1162 - أَخْبَرَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدَّوْرَقِيُّ، عَنْ الْأَشْجَعِيِّ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَقَ، عَنْ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: عَلَّمَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ نَقُولَ إِذَا جَلَسْنَا فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ: «التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1163

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1163

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1164

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1164. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh said: "We used not to know what we should say in each Rak'ah apart from glorifying, magnifying and praising our Lord. But Muḥammad ﷺ taught us everything about what is good. He said: 'When you sit following every two Rak'ahs, then say: At-taḥiyyātu lillâhi waṣ-ṣalawātu waṭ-ṭayībât, as-salâmu 'alaika ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa raḥmat-Allâhi wa barakâtuhu. As-salâmu 'alaina wa 'ala 'ibâd illâhis-ṣâliḥîn, ashḥadu an lâ ilâha illallâh wa ashḥadu anna Muḥammadan 'abduhu wa rasûluhu (All compliments, prayers and pure words are due to Allâh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allâh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allâh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped except Allāh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger), then choose any supplication that you like and call upon Allāh the Mighty and Sublime with it.”’ (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1163 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا إِسْحَقَ يُحَدِّثُ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: كُنَّا لَا نَدْرِي مَا نَقُولُ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ غَيْرَ أَنْ نُسَبِّحَ وَنُكَبِّرَ وَنَحْمَدَ رَبَّنَا، وَإِنَّ مُحَمَّدًا صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَّمَ فَوَاتِحَ الْخَيْرِ وَخَوَاتِمَهُ، فَقَالَ: " إِذَا قَعَدْتُمْ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، فَقُولُوا: التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ، وَلْيَتَخَيَّرْ أَحَدُكُمْ مِنَ الدُّعَاءِ أَعْجَبَهُ إِلَيْهِ فَلْيَدْعُ اللَّهَ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1164

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1164

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1165

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1165. It was narrated that ‘Abdullāh said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ taught us the Tashahhud for prayer and the Tashahhud for Al-Hājah.[1] The Tashahhud for prayer is: ‘At-taḥīyyātu lillāhi waṣalawātu waṭ-ṭayyibāt, as-salāmu ‘alaika ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa rahmat-Allāhi wa barakātuhu. As-salāmu ‘alaina wa ‘ala ‘ibād illāhiṣ-ṣāliḥīn, ashhadu an lā ilāha illallāh wa ashhadu anna Muḥammadan ‘abduhu wa rasūluhu’ (All compliments, prayers and pure words are due to Allāh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allāh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allāh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped except Allāh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger).’ (to the end of the Tashahhud)” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1164 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْثَرٌ، عَنْ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَقَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: " عَلَّمَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ التَّشَهُّدَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ وَالتَّشَهُّدَ فِي الْحَاجَةِ، فَأَمَّا التَّشَهُّدُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ: التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ " إِلَى آخِرِ التَّشَهُّدِ،

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning for the need.

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1165

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1165

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1166

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1166. Yahya – Ibn ᾀdam – said: “I heard Sufyān reciting this Tashahhud in the obligatory and voluntary prayers, and he said: ‘Abū Ishāq narrated to us from Abū Al-Aḥwaṣ, from ‘Abdullāh, from the Prophet ﷺ.’” And Maṣṣūr and Ḥammād narrated to us from Abū Wā’il, from ‘Abdullāh, from the Prophet ﷺ. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1165 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى وَهُوَ ابْنُ آدَمَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ سُفْيَانَ، يَتَشَهَّدُ بِهَذَا فِي الْمَكْتُوبَةِ وَالتَّطَوُّعِ، وَيَقُولُ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو إِسْحَقَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مَنْصُورٌ، وَحَمَّادٌ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1166

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1166

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1167

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1167. It was narrated from Al-Aswad and ‘Alqamah, that ‘Abdullāh bin Maṣṣūd said: “We were with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and we did not know anything, then the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said to us: ‘Every time you sit (in prayer), say: “At-taḥiyātu lillāhi was-salawātu waṭ-tayyibāt, as-salāmu ‘alaika ayyuhan-Nabiyū wa raḥmat-Allāhi wa barakātuhu. As-salāmu ‘alaina wa ‘ala ‘ibād illāhiṣ-ṣāliḥīn, ashḥadu an lā ilāha illallāh wa ashḥadu anna Muḥammadan ‘abduhu wa rasūluhu” (All compliments, prayers and pure words are due to Allāh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allāh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allāh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped except Allāh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger).” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1166 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ السَّرْحِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرُو بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، أَنَّ زَيْدَ بْنَ أَبِي أُنَيْسَةَ الْجَزَرِيَّ حَدَّثَهُ، أَنَّ أَبَا إِسْحَقَ حَدَّثَهُ، عَنْ الْأَسْوَدِ، وَعَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ قَالَ: كُنَّا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَا نَعْلَمُ شَيْئًا، فَقَالَ لَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «قُولُوا فِي كُلِّ جَلْسَةٍ التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1167

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1167

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1168

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1168. It was narrated from ‘Alqamah bin Qais that ‘Abdullāh said: “We used not to know what to say when we prayed, then the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ taught us some eloquent and concise words. He said to us: ‘Say: “At-taḥiyātu lillāhi waṣ-ṣalawātu waṭ-tayyibāt, as-salāmu ‘alaika ayyuhan-Nabīyyu wa raḥmat-Allāhi wa barakātuhu. As-salāmu ‘alaina wa ‘ala ‘ibād illāhiṣ-ṣāliḥīn, ashḥadu an lā ilāha illallāh wa ashḥadu anna Muḥammadan ‘abduhu wa rasūluhu” (All compliments, prayers and pure words are due to Allāh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allāh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allāh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped except Allāh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger).” (One of the narrators) ‘Ubaidullāh said: “Zaid bin Hammād said, narrating from Ibrāhīm, that ‘Alqamah said: ‘I saw Ibn Ma’sūd teaching us these words just as he taught us the Qur’ān.’” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1167 - أَخْبَرَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَبَلَةَ الرَّافِقِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْعَلَاءُ بْنُ هِلَالٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ وَهُوَ ابْنُ عَمْرٍو، وَعَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَبِي أُنَيْسَةَ، عَنْ حَمَّادٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ بْنِ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: كُنَّا لَا نَدْرِي مَا نَقُولُ إِذَا صَلَّيْنَا فَعَلَّمَنَا نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَوَامِعَ الْكَلِمِ فَقَالَ لَنَا: " قُولُوا: التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ " قَالَ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ: قَالَ زَيْدٌ: عَنْ حَمَّادٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، قَالَ: لَقَدْ رَأَيْتُ ابْنَ مَسْعُودٍ يُعَلِّمُنَا هَؤُلَاءِ الْكَلِمَاتِ كَمَا يُعَلِّمُنَا الْقُرْآنَ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1168

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1168

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1169

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-Albaniشاذ بزيادة "وحده لا شريك له"Al-AlbaniShadh
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1169. It was narrated that Ibn Ma’sūd said: “When we prayed with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, we used to say: 'Peace (As-Salâm) be upon Allâh, peace be upon Jibrîl, peace be upon Mîkâ'îl.' The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Do not say 'Peace (As-Salâm) be upon Allâh, for Allâh is As-Salâm.'[1] Rather say: "At-taḥīyyātu lillâhi was-salawātu waṭ-tayyibât, as-salâmu 'alaika ayyuhan-Nabīyyu wa raḥmat-Allâhi wa barakâtuhu. As-salâmu 'alaina wa 'ala 'ibâd illâhis-sâlihîn, ashhadu an lâ ilâha illallâh waḥdahu lâ sharîka lahu, wa ashhadu anna Muḥammadan 'abduhu wa rasûluhu (All compliments, prayers and pure words are due to Allâh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allâh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allâh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped except Allâh alone without partners, and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger)." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1168 - أَخْبَرَنِي عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ خَالِدٍ الرَّقِّيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَارِثُ بْنُ عَطِيَّةَ، وَكَانَ مِنْ زُهَّادِ النَّاسِ، عَنْ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ حَمَّادٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ قَالَ: كُنَّا إِذَا صَلَّيْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَقُولُ: السَّلَامُ عَلَى اللَّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَى جِبْرِيلَ، السَّلَامُ عَلَى مِيكَائِيلَ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " لَا تَقُولُوا: السَّلَامُ عَلَى اللَّهِ فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ هُوَ السَّلَامُ، وَلَكِنْ قُولُوا: التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ وَحْدَهُ لَا شَرِيكَ لَهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1169

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1169

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1170

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1170. It was narrated that Ibn Ma'sûd said: "We used to pray with the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and we would say: 'Peace (As-Salâm) be upon Allâh, peace be upon Jibrîl, peace be upon Mîkā'îl.' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Do not say 'Peace (As-Salām) be upon Allāh, for Allāh is As-Salām. Rather say: "At-taḥiyātu lillāhi waṣ-salawātu waṭ-ṭayyibāt, as-salāmu 'alaika ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa raḥmat-Allāhi wa barakātuhu. As-salāmu 'alaina wa 'ala 'ibād illāhiṣ-ṣāliḥīn, aṣḥḥadu an lā ilāha illallāh wa aṣḥḥadu anna Muḥammadan 'abduhu wa raṣūluhu (All compliments, prayers and pure words are due to Allāh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allāh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allāh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped except Allāh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger)." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1169 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْمَعِيلُ بْنُ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ هُوَ الدَّسْتَوَائِيُّ، عَنْ حَمَّادٍ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ قَالَ: كُنَّا نُصَلِّي مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَنَقُولُ: السَّلَامُ عَلَى اللَّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَى جِبْرِيلَ، السَّلَامُ عَلَى مِيكَائِيلَ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " لَا تَقُولُوا: السَّلَامُ عَلَى اللَّهِ، فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ هُوَ السَّلَامُ، وَلَكِنْ قُولُوا: التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ "

Footnotes

1 [1] The Source of Peace; the One free from all faults.

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1170

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1170

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1171

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1171. It was narrated from 'Abdullāh that the Prophet ﷺ said in the Tashahhud: "At-taḥiyātu lillāhi waṣ-salawātu waṭ-ṭayyibāt, as-salāmu 'alaika ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa raḥmat-Allāhi wa barakātuhu. As-salāmu 'alaina wa 'ala 'ibād illāhiṣ-ṣāliḥīn, aṣḥḥadu an lā ilāha illallāh, wa aṣḥḥadu anna Muḥammadan 'abduhu wa raṣūluhu (All compliments, prayers and pure words are due to Allāh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allāh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allāh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped except Allāh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger).” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1170 - أَخْبَرَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ الْعَسْكَرِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا غُنْدَرٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ، وَمَنْصُورٍ، وَحَمَّادٍ، وَمُغِيرَةَ، وَأَبِي هَاشِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ فِي التَّشَهُّدِ: «التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ»، قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ: أَبُو هَاشِمٍ غَرِيبٌ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1171

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1171

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1172

DarussalamSahīhAl-Albaniصحيح، مضى ص (٩٦ - ٩٧) // (٨٠٠) // دون التشهد
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1172. ‘Abdullāh said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ taught us the Tashahhud just as he taught us a Sūrah from the Qur’an: ‘At-tahiyyātu lillāhi waṣ-salawātu waṭ-tayyibāt, as-salāmu ‘alaika ayyuhan-Nabiyū wa raḥmat-Allāhi wa barakātuhu. As-salāmu ‘alaina wa ‘ala ‘ibād illāhiṣ-sāliḥūn, wa ashhadu anna Muḥammadan ‘abduhu wa rasūluhu’ (All compliments, prayers and pure words are due to Allāh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allāh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allāh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped except Allāh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger).” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1172 - أَخْبَرَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ أَبُو قُدَامَةَ السَّرْخَسِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي قَتَادَةُ، عَنْ يُونُسَ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ حِطَّانَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ الْأَشْعَرِيَّ قَالَ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خَطَبَنَا فَعَلَّمَنَا سُنَّتَنَا وَبَيَّنَ لَنَا صَلَاتَنَا فَقَالَ: " أَقِيمُوا صُفُوفَكُمْ، ثُمَّ لِيَؤُمَّكُمْ أَحَدُكُمْ، فَإِذَا كَبَّرَ فَكَبِّرُوا، وَإِذَا قَالَ: {وَلَا الضَّالِّينَ} [الفاتحة: 7]، فَقُولُوا: آمِينَ، يُجِبْكُمُ اللَّهُ، وَإِذَا كَبَّرَ الْإِمَامُ وَرَكَعَ فَكَبِّرُوا وَارْكَعُوا فَإِنَّ الْإِمَامَ يَرْكَعُ قَبْلَكُمْ وَيَرْفَعُ قَبْلَكُمْ "، قَالَ نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " فَتِلْكَ بِتِلْكَ، وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقُولُوا: رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ، يَسْمَعِ اللَّهُ لَكُمْ فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ قَالَ عَلَى لِسَانِ نَبِيِّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، ثُمَّ إِذَا كَبَّرَ الْإِمَامُ وَسَجَدَ، فَكَبِّرُوا وَاسْجُدُوا، فَإِنَّ الْإِمَامَ يَسْجُدُ قَبْلَكُمْ وَيَرْفَعُ قَبْلَكُمْ "، قَالَ نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " فَتِلْكَ بِتِلْكَ، فَإِذَا كَانَ عِنْدَ الْقَعْدَةِ فَلْيَكُنْ مِنْ أَوَّلِ قَوْلِ أَحَدِكُمْ أَنْ يَقُولَ: التَّحِيَّاتُ الطَّيِّبَاتُ الصَّلَوَاتُ لِلَّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1172

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1172

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 101

Another VersionOf The Tashahhud

Hadith 1173

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1173. It was narrated from Hīṭṭān bin 'Abdullāh that Al-Ash'arī said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ addressed us and taught us our Sunnahs and our prayer. He said: 'Make your rows straight, then let one of you lead the others. When he says the Takbīr, then say the Takbīr; when he says: "Wa lād-dāllīn" then say "Āmīn," and Allāh will answer you. When the Imām says the Takbīr and bows, then say the Takbīr and bow, for the Imām bows before you and stands up before you.' The Prophet of Allāh ﷺ said: 'This makes up for that. When he says: "Sami' Allāhu liman hamidah (Allāh hears the one who praises Him)," say: "Rabbanā wa lakal-hamd (Our Lord, to You be praise)," Allāh will hear you, for indeed Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, has said on the tongue of His Prophet: "Allāh hears the one who praises Him." Then when the Imām says the Takbīr and prostrates, say the Takbīr and prostrate, for the Imâm prostrates before you and rises before you.' The Prophet of Allāh ﷺ said: 'This makes up for that. Then when you are sitting, let the first thing that any one of you says be: At-taḥīyyātuṭ-ṭayyibātuṣ-ṣalawātu lillāhi, as-salāmu 'alaika ayyuhan-Nabīyyu wa raḥmat-Allāhi wa barakātuhu. As-salāmu 'alaina wa 'ala 'ibād illāhiṣ-ṣāliḥīn, ashhadu an lā ilāha illallāh wa ashhadu anna Muḥammadan 'abduhu wa rasūluhu (All compliments, good words and prayers are due to Allāh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allāh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allāh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped except Allāh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger)." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

١١٧٢ - أَخْبَرَنَا ‌عُبَيْدُ اللهِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ أَبُو قُدَامَةَ السَّرْخَسِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌هِشَامٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي ‌قَتَادَةُ ، عَنْ ‌يُونُسَ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ ، عَنْ ‌حِطَّانَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ أَنَّ ‌الْأَشْعَرِيَّ قَالَ: «إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خَطَبَنَا، فَعَلَّمَنَا سُنَّتَنَا، وَبَيَّنَ لَنَا صَلَاتَنَا فَقَالَ: أَقِيمُوا صُفُوفَكُمْ، ثُمَّ لِيَؤُمَّكُمْ أَحَدُكُمْ، فَإِذَا كَبَّرَ فَكَبِّرُوا، وَإِذَا قَالَ: {وَلا الضَّالِّينَ} فَقُولُوا: آمِينَ. يُجِبْكُمُ اللهُ، وَإِذَا كَبَّرَ الْإِمَامُ وَرَكَعَ، فَكَبِّرُوا، وَارْكَعُوا فَإِنَّ الْإِمَامَ يَرْكَعُ قَبْلَكُمْ، وَيَرْفَعُ قَبْلَكُمْ. قَالَ نَبِيُّ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: فَتِلْكَ بِتِلْكَ، وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ فَقُولُوا: رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ يَسْمَعِ اللهُ لَكُمْ، فَإِنَّ اللهَ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ قَالَ عَلَى لِسَانِ نَبِيِّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: سَمِعَ اللهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، ثُمَّ إِذَا كَبَّرَ الْإِمَامُ وَسَجَدَ، فَكَبِّرُوا وَاسْجُدُوا فَإِنَّ الْإِمَامَ يَسْجُدُ قَبْلَكُمْ، وَيَرْفَعُ قَبْلَكُمْ. قَالَ نَبِيُّ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: فَتِلْكَ بِتِلْكَ، فَإِذَا كَانَ عِنْدَ الْقَعْدَةِ، فَلْيَكُنْ مِنْ أَوَّلِ قَوْلِ أَحَدِكُمْ أَنْ يَقُولَ: التَّحِيَّاتُ، الطَّيِّبَاتُ، الصَّلَوَاتُ لِلهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ».

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1173

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1173

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 102

Another Version Of The Tashahhud

Hadith 1174

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1174. It was narrated from Ḥittān bin 'Abdullāh that they prayed with Abū Mūsā and he said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'When you are sitting then let the first words that any of you says be: At-taḥīyyātu lillāhiṭ-ṭayyibātuṣ-ṣalawātu lillāh, as-salāmu 'alaika ayyuhan-Nabīyyu wa raḥmat-Allāhi wa barakātuhu. As-salāmu 'alaina wa 'ala 'ibād illāhiṣ-ṣāliḥīn, ashhadu an lā ilāha illallāh waḥdahu lā sharīka lahu, wa ashhadu anna Muḥammadan ʿabduhu wa rasūluhu (All compliments, good words and prayers are due to Allāh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allāh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allāh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped except Allāh alone with no partner or associate, and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger). (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1173 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو الْأَشْعَثِ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ الْمِقْدَامِ الْعِجْلِيُّ الْبَصْرِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْمُعْتَمِرُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي يُحَدِّثُ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي غَلَّابٍ وَهُوَ يُونُسُ بْنُ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ حِطَّانَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّهُمْ صَلَّوْا مَعَ أَبِي مُوسَى فَقَالَ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا كَانَ عِنْدَ الْقَعْدَةِ فَلْيَكُنْ مِنْ أَوَّلِ قَوْلِ أَحَدِكُمُ التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ الطَّيِّبَاتُ الصَّلَوَاتُ لِلَّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ وَحْدَهُ لَا شَرِيكَ لَهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1174

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1174

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 103

Another Version Of The Tashahhud

Hadith 1175

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1175. It was narrated that Ibn ʿAbbās said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to teach us the Tashahhud as he taught us the Qurʾān, and he used to say: At-taḥiyātuṭ-mubārakātūs-ṣalawātūt-ṭayyibātu lillāh, salāmuun ʿalayka ayyuhan-Nabiyū wa raḥmat-Allāhi wa barakātuhu. As-salāmu ʿalayna wa ʿala ʾibādillāhiṣ-ṣāliḥīn, ashhadu an lā ilāha illallāh wa ashhadu anna Muḥammadan ʿabduhu wa rasūluhu (All compliments, blessed words, prayers and pure words are due to Allāh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allāh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allāh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped except Allāh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger).” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1174 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، وَطَاوُسٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُعَلِّمُنَا التَّشَهُّدَ كَمَا يُعَلِّمُنَا الْقُرْآنَ وَكَانَ يَقُولُ: «التَّحِيَّاتُ الْمُبَارَكَاتُ الصَّلَوَاتُ الطَّيِّبَاتُ لِلَّهِ، سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، سَلَامٌ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1175

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1175

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 104

Another VersionOf The Tashahhud

Hadith 1176

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1176. It was narrated that Jâbir said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to teach us the Tashahhud just as he would teach us a Sûrah of the Qur'ân: 'Bismillâh, wa billâhi. At-taḥiyyâtu lillâhi waṣ-salawâtu waṭ-ṭayyibât, as-salâmu 'alaika ayyuhan-Nabîyyu wa rahmat-Allâhi wa barakâtuhu. As-salâmu 'alaina wa 'ala 'ibâd illâhiṣ-sâliḥîn, wa ashhadu anna Muḥammadan 'abduhu wa rasûluh. A'sal Allâh-jannah wa a'ûdhu Billâhi min annâr' (In the name of Allâh and by the help of Allâh. All compliments, prayers and pure words are due to Allâh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allâh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allâh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped except Allâh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger. I ask Allâh for Paradise and I seek refuge with Allâh from the Fire).'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1175 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْمُعْتَمِرُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَيْمَنَ وَهُوَ ابْنُ نَابِلٍ، يَقُولُ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُعَلِّمُنَا التَّشَهُّدَ كَمَا يُعَلِّمُنَا السُّورَةَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ بِسْمِ اللَّهِ وَبِاللَّهِ، التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ، أَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ الْجَنَّةَ وَأَعُوذُ بِاللَّهِ مِنَ النَّارِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1176

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1176

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 105

Being Brief InThe First Tashahhud

Hadith 1177

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1177. It was narrated that 'Abdullāh bin Ma'sūd said: "In the first two Rak'ahs the Prophet ﷺ was as if he were on stones heated by fire." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1176 - أَخْبَرَنَا الْهَيْثَمُ بْنُ أَيُّوبَ الطَّالَقَانِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَوْفٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ أَبِي عُبَيْدَةَ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ كَأَنَّهُ عَلَى الرَّضْفِ»، قُلْتُ: حَتَّى يَقُومَ؟ قَالَ: ذَلِكَ يُرِيدُ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1177

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1177

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 106

Not Reciting The First Tashahhud

Hadith 1178

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1178. It was narrated from Ibn Baainah that the Prophet prayed, then he stood up after two Rak'ahs while he was supposed sit, and he continued his prayer. Then at the end of his prayer, performed two prostrations before the Saliim, then he said the Salim. (SaFh)

Arabic text

1177 - أَخْبَرَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ حَبِيبِ بْنِ عَرَبِيٍّ الْبَصْرِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ ابْنِ بُحَيْنَةَ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى فَقَامَ فِي الشَّفْعِ الَّذِي كَانَ يُرِيدُ أَنْ يَجْلِسَ فِيهِ، فَمَضَى فِي صَلَاتِهِ حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَ فِي آخِرِ صَلَاتِهِ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُسَلِّمَ ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1178

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1178

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1179

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1179. It was narrated from Ibn Būhainah that the Prophet ﷺ prayed and stood up following the first two Rak'ahs, and they said (Subhān Allāh). He carried on, then when he had finished his prayer he performed two prostrations, then he said the Salām. (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1178 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ سَيْفٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَهْبُ بْنُ جَرِيرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ ابْنِ بُحَيْنَةَ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى فَقَامَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ فَسَبَّحُوا فَمَضَى فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1179

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1179

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes